Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


MHMfElMMr 


Vol.31       OCTOBER,  1928  No.  12 

Irrigation 

PROF.  LEVI  EDGAR  YOUNG 

Speed  and  the  Spirit 

JOSEPH  J.  CANNON 

Native  Plants 

DR.  J.  H.  PAUL 

OCTOBER  IN  SOUTHERN  UTAH 

KENNETH  S.  BENNION 

TURNING  THE  WASHINGTON 
MONUMENT  INSIDE  OUT 

ROBERT  SPARKS  WALKER 

STORY  OF  RICE  CULTURE 

JOHN  Q.  ADAMS 
gffiM*W '  •  •'  '■'  ••'•'•'  •'»•  •'••'■'  ■'  •••'.!.  '.•••'•*••••• :  • '  •  ■'  ■  ■  ••  •••  ••  ■  --V>M^ 

?mvm  M2tf§  Minimi,  Q^iPiFi^iMiKnr^ 
©if  Trap.  <sj;ra©M  m.y&dm  m i 

©7  ILATifillR  &m  gAOMTS- 

giTi 


SOUTHERN  PACIFIC  LINES 


OFFER 


SPECIAL  WINTER 

EXCURSION  FARES 


FROM  SALT  LAKE  CITY  OR  OGDEN 

TO  LOS  ANGELES  AND  RETURN  BOTH  WAYS  VIA 
SAN  FRANCISCO 


TO  LOS  ANGELES  VIA  SAN  FRANCISCO  RETURNING 
DIRECT  OR  ROUTE  REVERSED 


$50.50 

$58.00 


Proportionately  low  fares  from  all  other  points  in  UTAH,  IDAHO  and  MONTANA 
STOPOVERS  ALLOWED  AT  ALL  POINTS 

TICKETS  ON  SALE  DAILY  COMMENCING  OCTOBER  1ST 
FINAL  RETURN  LIMIT  8  MONTHS  FROM  DATE  OF  SALE 

For  further  information  CALL,  WRITE  or  PHONE 
PRESS  BANCROFT,  GENERAL  AGENT 


41  SO.  MAIN  ST. 


SALT  LAKE  CITY 


PHONE  WASATCH  3008—3078 


BISHOPS! 

You  also  should  investigate 
our  Special  Offer  to — 

MISSIONARIES 
AND  STUDENTS 

We  Served 

800  Missionaries 

Last  Year 


Jewelry 

Fountain    Pens 


Luggage 
Kodaks 


(SlEGEL  JEWELRY  CO.) 

76  EAST  259  ISOUTH  STREET 


GROWN  LARGE 

By  DOING  SMALL  JOBS  WELL 

"Distinctive  Printing  In  All  Its  Branches' 


The  Deseret  News  Press 


29  Richards  Street 


Salt  Lake  City 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE   IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


Does  Your  Subscription 
End  with  Volume  31? 

AFTER  having  had  the  advantage  of  the  Improvement  Era  in  your  home 
during  the  past  year,  has  it  not  become,  to  a  noticeable  extent,  a  fixed 
necessity?     That  is  the  testimony  of  thousands  of  Latter-day  Saints  who 
have  been  constant  readers  of  the  Era  from  the  very  first  volume. 

Is  there  really  anything  which  you  would  prefer  to  have  your  children 
read,  or  to  read  yourself,  than  the  wholesome,  interesting,  instructive  and 
inspiring  messages  of  truth  this  magazine  contains? 

If  your  subscription  commenced  with  the  first  number  of  volume  31 
(November,  1927),  it  expires  with  the  October  number  of  this  year.  Be  sure 
you  don't  miss  a  single  copy.  If  you  haven't  already  done  so,  send  in  your 
renewal  at  once,  stating  the  month  with  which  you  wish  it  to  commence.  Use 
the  blank  at  the  bottom  of  this  page. 

What  Volume  32  Promises 

The  material  to  be  contained  in  the  sionary — a  most  important  individual 
next  volume  of  the  Era  will  be  even  — in  readjusting  himself  to  local  con- 
better,  if  possible,  than  what  the  pres-  ditions  and  requirements, 
ent  volume,  thus  far,  has  brought  into  3.  A  story-writing  contest,  in 
your  home.  Following  are  some  of  which  a  Church-wide  interest  should 
the  outstanding,  interesting  features  be  manifested, 
planned  for  the  coming  year:  4.   The  Adult  division  of  our  Mu- 

1.  Instructive  doctrinal  articles  tual  Work  department  will  contain, 
from  Church  leaders  will  appear,  from  each  month,  a  comprehensive  review, 
time  to  time;  also  articles  on  science,  by  an  eminent  Latter-day  Saint  writer, 
travel,   inventions,   nature  study,   etc.,  of  some  recent  outstanding  book. 

by   men   in   and   out  of   the   Church  5.   The    Messages   From    the   Mis- 
competent  to  treat  these  subjects.  sions,    under  our   new   plan,    will  be 

2.  "As  the  Returned  Missionary  faith-promoting  and  of  vital  import- 
Views  It"  will  be  the  title  of  a  series  ance  to  old  and  young  alike. 

of  articles  that  will  help,  it  is  hoped,  And  all  the  other  material — articles, 

to  bring  about  a  better  understanding      stories,     departmental     information — 
of  the  problems  of  the  returned  mis-      will  have  a  like  appeal  and  interest. 

Fill  Out  This  Blank  and  Mail  TODAY! 

General  Superintendency  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
47  East  South  Temple,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

Kindly  renew  my  subscription  to  the  Improvement  Era.  My  $2  is  enclosed 
herewith. 


Name 

Addrexs 

Ward 

Commence  with  the    . 

.number. 


ALL  SUBSCRIPTIONS  ARE  PAID  IN  ADVANCE 


Captains  of  Industry 

The  NEW  MANUAL 

ONE  of  the  courses  of  study  for  the  Adult  Department  of  the  Mutual 
the  coming  season,  is  this  new  manual,  "Captains  of  Industry,"  a  sequel 
to    "Heroes  of  Science"     (1926-27),    and    "Champions    of    Liberty" 
(1927-28). 

This  new  manual  presents,  in  a  most  interesting,  entertaining  and  instruc- 
tive manner,  the  life  history  of  men  who,  by  their  industry,  frugality,  and 
perseverance,  have  achieved  world-wide  eminence  in  various  lines  of  the  world's 
work.  You  will  find  their  biographies  an  inspiration  to  press  on  and  on  to 
ever  greater  accomplishments.  You  will  like  this  manual,  as  you  did  the  other 
two  of  the  series;  and  whether  or  not  it  is  selected  as  the  course  of  study  in 
your  particular  ward,  be  sure  to  get  a  copy  for  your  home  library,  and  give  the 
members  of  your  family  the  advantage  of  becoming  familiar  with  these  outstand- 
ing characters.     The  price  of  this  manual  is  25c. 

Manuals  of  Former  Years 

We   still  have   on  hand   a  limited  send  you  a  list  of  these  former-year 

number  of  some  of  the   manuals  of  manuals  which  are  still  available, 

former     years,      which     we     should  Just  to  give  you  an  idea  of  what 

like     to     place     in     the     homes     of  these  manuals  are,  we  are  listing  a  few 

the  Saints,    where   they   can  do   real,  of   the   titles   in   the  following  order 

constructive    good.    While    they    last,  blank,   which  we  ask  you  kindly  to 

these   will  be   sold  at    10c  each. — far  fill  out  and  mail  with  your  remittance 

less  than  the  actual  cost  of  publication,  for  manuals.     Be  sure  to  ask  for  the 

There  is  no  better  literature  published  list. 

anywhere    for   the    Latter-day    Saint  We  also  have  a  few  copies  of  Dr. 

home  than  what  is  contained  in  these  John    A.    Widtsoe's  book,    "JOSEPH 

manuals;  and,  at  10c  each,  you  should  SMITH  As  SCIENTIST,"  at  50c;  and  a 

strive  to  obtain  a  copy  of  all  of  them  few  bound  volumes  of  the  Improve- 

for  your  home  reading  table.     If  you  merit  Era,  at  $1.50    each — the    mere 

will  just  ask   for   it,   we  will  gladly  cost  of  binding. 

Use  This  Blank  For  Ordering  Manuals 

General  Superintendency  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
47  East  South  Temple,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

Enclosed  herewith  is  $ ,  for  which  kindly  send  me 

copies  of  the  new  manual,  "CAPTAINS  OF  INDUSTRY,"  at  25c  each;  also 

copies  each  of  the  following  manuals  I  have  checked,  at  10c: 

"Heroes  of  Science,"  "Champions  of  Liberty,"  "How  Science  Contributes  to 
Religion." 


Name 


Address 

Shall  we  send  you  a  complete  list  of  former-year  manuals  and  books  now  available 
for  purchase?     Answer  Yes  or  No 


Mastodon  Bones  Found  in  Payson.  A 
short  time  ago  bones  of  a  large  prehistoric 
animal  was  found  in  Payson,  Utah,  by 
Isaac  Hansen,  when  loading  gravel  in  a 
pit  belonging  to  Robert  L.  Wilson,  a 
contractor.  The  first  specimen  found  was 
embedded  in  a  stratum  of  clay,  covered 
by  ten  feet  of  gravel  and  overlying  a  bed 
of  quicksand.  This  bone  proved  to  be  a 
joint  and  measured  fourteen  inches  in  di- 
ameter. After  further  digging,  two  other 
bones,  the  femur  and  tibia,  were  uncov- 
ered and  measured  eight  and  a  half  feet 
in  length.  Dr.  Hansen  of  the  B.  Y.  Uni- 
versity, Provo,  is  of  the  opinion  the  bones 
are  those  of  a  mastodon,  an  animal  which 
lived  20,000  years  ago. 

Mission  President  named.  Elder  Clarence 
H.  Tingey,  1424  Stratford  Ave.,  Salt  Lake 
City,  was  appointed,  Aug.  28,  1928,  by 
the  First  Presidency  to  succeed  Pres.  Charles 
H.  Hyde  in  the  presidency  of  the  Australian 
mission.  He  labored  in  that  mission  some 
years  ago — 1917  to  1920 — and  is,  there- 
fore, well  acquainted  with  its  conditions 
and  requirements.  Pres.  Hyde  will  be 
honorably  released,  as  soon  as  his  suc- 
cessor arrives  in  the  field. 


We  Specialize  in  making  up 

Stage  Curtains  and 
Draperies 

Modern  and  up  to  the  Minute. 

Our  work  shop  is  equipped  with  the  very 

latest  appliances. 

Call  at  Z.  C.  M.  I. 

Drapery  Department 

Let  Our  Decorator  Give  You  an  Estimate 
FREE  OF  CHARGE 


KARL  G.  MAESER 

the  Master  Teacher 
still  lives  in  his 

Biography  by  his  Son 

Reinhard  Maeser,  the  oldest  son  of  the  great  teaeher.  in  a 
dignified  yet  sympathetic  manner  has  given  to  the  world  in  this 
new  book  published  by  Brigham  Young  University  a  touching 
picture  of  the  struggles  and  strength  of  his  illustrious  father. 
Through  this  book  Karl  G.  Maeser  will  touch  and  strengthen  the 
lives  of  thousands  who  never  beheld  his  face. 

A  BOOK  PROFITABLE  TO  EVERY  READER 

189  Pages  Handsomely  Bound  $1.50 

On  Sale  At 

Students'  Supply  Association 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 
PROVO,  UTAH 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE    IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


A  RARE  TREAT 
For  Salt  Lakers  and 

Conference  Visitors 

Concert     |p 

Extraordinary! 

Friday  Oct*  5th 


8:15  P.M. 
Admission  50c  and  75c 

(Tickets  on  Sale  at  Daynes-Beebe's ) 

TABERNACLE  CHOIR 

(300  VOICES) 

Featuring  As  Concert-Artist 
The  Internationally  Famous 

George  Liebling 

Pianist-Composer 


GEORGE  LIEBLING  SAYS: 

W.  W.  Kimball  Company,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Gentlemen: 

Having  for  many  years,  used  numerous  pianos  of  the  world's  greatest 
manufacturers — both  in  Europe  and  America — I  am  convinced  that  in  all 
particulars  the  KIMBALL  attains  the  highest  achievement  in  the  realm 
of  piano  making. 

Very  Sincerely  Yours, 

(SIGNED)     GEORGE    LIEBLING. 

WRITE  TO  DAYNES-BEEBE  FOR  FREE  POSTPAID  KIMBALL  CATALOGS 


Daynes-Beebe  Music  CoMBLi0lf 

"OLDER   THAN   THE  STATE   OF   UTAH" 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE   IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Pres. 


OCTOBER.    1928 

Heber  J.  Grant       Hugh  J.  Cannon 
Editor  Associate  Editor 

Melvin  J.  Ballard,  Business  Manager 


Organ   of   the   Priesthood    Quorums,    the   Young   Men's 

Mutual  Improvement  Associations  and  the  Schools  of 

the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints 


CONTENTS 

HIGHWAY    IN    ZlON'S    PARK  ------  Frontispiece 

HARVEST.     A  POEM  Grace  Ingles  Frost      985 

IRRIGATION Levi  Edgar  Young      98  7 

LISTEN.     A  POEM Weston  N.  Nordgren    1000 

Speed  and  the  Spirit.     A  Story         -         -         Joseph  J.  Cannon   1 001 
THE    TEST.       A    POEM Unice    Petersen    1007 

The  Realms  of  Science  and  Religion        -        Dr.  Joseph  F.  Merrill  1008 

Warning  Against  Losing  Old  Faiths         -         -         Sir  Oliver  Lodge  1014 

October  in  Southern  Utah.  Illustrated       -       Kenneth  S.  Bennion  1015 

My  Homeland.    A  Poem R.  C.  Savage  1024 

Turning  the  Washington  Monument  Inside  Out 

Robert    Sparks    Walker  1025 

The  Common  Walks  of  Life.    A  Poem  Bertha  A.  Kleinman  1033 

Native  Plants  as  Friends  and  Foes        -  ./.  H.  Paul  1034 

Moonlight  and  Silver  Stars.     A  Poem  -  1040 

A  Short  Story  of  Rice  Culture  John  Q.  Adams  1 04 1 

Appreciation.    A  Story      -  Wm.  A.  Morton  1 04 3 

AS  A  MAN  THINKETH.     A  POEM  Helen  Kimball  Orgill  104  3 

Messages  from  the  Missions.     Illustrated  -  1044 

Editor's   Table — A    Forgotten    VdlcE         -  -  105  5 

Priesthood  Quorums         -  -  105  7 

Change  in  the  Y.  m.  M.  I.  A.  Office 1059 

Mutual  Work  -  .......  1060 

Passing  Events    --------  -  1070 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office.  Salt  Luke  City.  Utah,  at  second-class  matter.  Acceptance 
for  mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided  for  in  section  1103,  Act  of  October.  1917 . 
tuthorized  on  July  2,  1918. 

Manuscripts  submitted  without  the  statement.  "At  usual  rates,"  are  considered  free  con- 
tributions.     Photographs,   unless   their  return  is  especially  requested,   will  be  destroyed. 

Published  monthly   at   Salt   Lake  City:    S2   per  annum.      Address:    Room   406   Church 


<»  Off 


Office    Building. 


ANNOUNCEMENTS 


How  Parents  Can  Educate  Themselves, 
an  article  which  appeared  in  the  Septem- 
ber issue  of  the  Era,  consisted  of  a  talk 
given  by  Dr.  B.  L.  Richards  of  the  Utah 
Agricultural  College,  at  the  National 
Council  of  Parental  Education  at  Detroit, 
Michigan,  in  October,  1926,  parts  of 
which  were  published  by  the  Children's 
Magazine,  October,  1926.  Acknowledg- 
ment is  here  made  to  this  magazine  for 
allowing  the  publication  of  the  article. 

Prof.  Levi  Edgar  Young's  article,  "Ir- 
rigation," found  in  this  issue,  treats  an 
important  phase  of  the  early  history  of 
Utah  from  a  new  angle.  As  can  be  readily 
seen,  its  preparation  required  much  pains- 
taking research,  and  it  will  prove  a  valu- 
able contribution  to  our  literature  on  this 
subject. 

Speed  and  the  Spirit,  a  story  of  ideals, 
literally  true  in  every  detail,  by  Joseph  J. 
Cannon,  is  a  thrilling  one  which  will  be 
eagerly  read,  we  feel  certain,  by  both 
young  and  old.  The  pulses  of  all  will 
quicken  as  they  peruse  it.  Our  young 
people,  particularly,  will  be  interested  in 
this  article,  and  it  will  not  only  stir  their 
feelings  deeply,  but  will  leave  them  with 
nobler  ideals  and  a  strong  and  impelling 
desire  to  be  true  to  their  conceived  stand- 
ards of  right  and  wrong.  Parents  whose 
sons  and  daughters  are  not  in  the  habit  of 
reading  the  Era  will  do  well  to  call  this 
story  to  their  attention. 

Native  Plants  as  Friends  and  Foes,  by 
Dr.  J.  H.  Paul,  is  continued  in  this  num- 
ber. Another  article  of  this  same  series  is 
promised  for  November.  With  these  ar- 
ticles their  author  is  sure  that  any  person 
of  average  intelligence  can  go  into  our 
mountains  or  upon  the  hillsides  and  identi- 
fy any  plant  or  shrub  that  comes  under  his 
observation.  Dr.  Paul  has  spent  more  than 
twenty  years  in  accumulating  the  informa- 
tion which  he  presents  to  our  readers,  and 
heretofore  nothing  like  it  has  been  at- 
tempted west  of  the  Mississippi  river.  A 
careful  study  of  this  series  will  richly  re- 
pay the  effort,  because  of  the  joy  which 
comes  with  acquired  knowledge.      In  ad- 


dition this  knowledge  will  materially  in- 
crease the  pleasure  of  canyon  trips. 

An  Eastern  writer,  Robert  Sparks 
Walker,  furnishes  for  this  number  a  unique 
and  interesting  article,  "Turning  the  Wash- 
ington Monument  Inside  Out."  Many 
Era  readers  have  no  doubt  visited  this  fa- 
mous monument,  but  it  is  probable  that 
very  few  of  them  have  climbed  to  its  top 
and  seen  what  this  author  describes. 

The  last  installment  of  Dr.  Joseph  F. 
Merrill's  article,  "The  Realms  of  Science 
and  Religion,"  is  presented  to  our  readers 
in  this  issue.  Like  the  first  part,  this  de- 
serves a  thoughtful  reading. 

The  Story  of  an  Old  Playhouse,  a  book 
written  by  George  D.  Pyper,  is  just  off  the 
press  and  is  reviewed  in  this  number  of  the 
Era  by  Dr.  Adam  S.  Bennion.  Both  the 
book  and  the  review  are  classics  and  should 
not  be  overlooked.  The  Salt  Lake  Theatre, 
which  is  the  subject  of  this  volume,  is  the 
oldest  legitimate  playhouse  in  America.  It 
has  recently  passed  into  other  hands  and 
preparations  are  already  under  way  to  raze 
it.  The  fact  that  the  historic  building  will 
soon  be  nothing  but  a  memory  and  that 
the  book  was  written  by  one  who  has 
managed  the  playhouse  longer  than  the 
combined  service  of  all  the  other  managers 
will  add  interest  to  the  subject. 

An  official  notice  concerning  the  Gen- 
ealogical class,  issued  by  the  general 
authorities  of  the  Mutuals,  is  to  be  found 
in  this  number.  It  should  be  read  by 
all  officers  of  the  M.  I.  A.  And  in 
this  connection,  it  may  be  well  to  sug- 
gest that  officers  of  Priesthood  quorums, 
as  well  as  leaders  in  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
should  make  it  a  practice  to  scan  the  pages 
of  the  Era  carefully.  It  is  their  official 
organ  and  will  contain  notices,  rulings  and 
instructions  without  which  the  leader  is 
sure  to  become  involved  in  embarrassing 
difficulties,  which  are  easily  avoidable 
through  timely  preparation. 

Volume  3 1  of  the  Era  comes  to  a  close 
with  this  issue.  Subscribers  who  desire  to 
have  their  magazines  bound  can  obtain  a 
printed  index  from  this  office,  free  of 
charge,  by  making  application. 


Harvest 


The  fields  are  sweet  with  fragrance 

From  hills  of  new-mown  hay; 
The  grape-vine  droops  with  purple  fruit; 

From  dawn  'til  turn  of  day, 
The  husbandman  is  busy, 

Close  binding  golden  sheaves; 
Caresses  of  an  autumn  sun 

Have  caused  the  maple  leaves 
To  blush  an  ardent  crimson; 

And,  oh!  the  singing  wind 
Has  in  its  voice  a  note  I  love — 

A  tone  in  which  I  find 
A  balm  for  hurt,  a  calm  for  storm, 

Heartsease  when  toil  is  done, 
A  promise  that  for  life  well  spent, 

A  harvest  will  be  won. 

Prom,  Utah  GRACE  INGLES  FROST 


Improvement  Era 


Vol.  XXXI 


OCTOBER,   1928 


No.  12 


Irrigation 

By  Levi  Edgar  Young,  of  the  First  Council  of  Seventy 

"O  Maker  of  the  material  world,  thou  holy  one!  Who  is  it  that  rejoices 
the  earth  with  greatest  joy?  Ahura  Mazda  answered:  'It  is  he  who  sows  most  corn, 
grass,  and  fruit:  Who  waters  ground  that  is  dry,  or  drains  ground  that  is  wet.' 

"He  Who  Sows  Corn,  Sows  Righteousness" 
The  Zend-Avesta 

Behold!  Our  Mother  Earth  is  lying  here, 
Behold!  She  giveth  of  her  fruitfulness. 
Truly,  her  power  gives  she  us. 
Give  thanks  to  Mother  Earth  who  lieth  here! 

Behold  on  Mother  Earth  the  growing  fields! 

Behold  the  promise  of  her  fruitfulness! 

Truly,  her  power  gives  she  us. 
Give  thanks  to  Mother  Earth  who  lieth  here. 

Behold  on  Mother  Earth  the  spreading  trees! 

Behold  the  promise  of  her  fruitfulness! 

Truly,  her  power  gives  she  us. 
Give  thanksi  to  Mother  Earth  who  lieth  here! 

Behold  on  Mother  Earth  the  running  streams! 

Behold  the  promise  of  her  fruitfulness! 

Truly,  her  power  gives  she  us. 
Our  thanks  to  Mother  Earth  who  lieth  here! 

— From  a  Pawnee  Song  of  the  Earth. 

A  treasured  relic  in  the  Dcseret  Museum  at  Salt  Lake  City  bears  this  inscription: 

THIS  PLOUGH  WAS  USED  BY  ELDER  WILLIAM  CARTER 
TO  PLOUGH  THE  FIRST  HALF  ACRE  IN  SALT  LAKE 
VALLEY,  JULY,  1847.  ALSO  THE  FIRST  FURROW  IN 
ST.  GEORGE  CITY,  FEB.,    1862. 

THE  plow  which  turned  the  first  furrows  in  the  valley  of  the 
Great  Salt  Lake  inaugurated  a  system  of  agriculture  in  Amer- 
ica that  today  is  practiced  in  most  of  the  states  west  of  the 
Mississippi  river.  An  half  acre  of  land  was  plowed  on  that  July 
morning,  and  a  small  ditch  was  made  which  led  the  waters  of  City 
Creek  on  to  the  soil.  A  great  task  was  undertaken,  and  it  is  a 
lesson  in  physical  and  moral  fortitude  to  know  in  what  spirit  that 
task  was  conceived.     The  "Mormon"   pioneers  were  moving  into 


988  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

the  Great  Basin,  a  country  practically  unknown  at  that  time;  at 
least  no  one  as  yet  had  formed  any  conception  of  the  possibilities 
of  the  sage-brush  soil.  It  was  what  the  French  writer,  Febvre,  says 
was  the  ground  soil  of  which  the  State  carved  its  domain.  The 
people  who  began  the  conquest  of  the  elements  in  those  early  days 
of  Utah  were  deeply  religious  and  they  had  the  power  of  adapting 
their  religion  to  practical  purposes.  They  were  new  comers  into  a 
fixed  environment,  and  their  economic  growth  was  the  result  of  an 
immediate  adaptation  to  their  new  surroundings. 

The  Indians  of  the  southwest  were  the  first  irrigators  of  the 
soil  in  America.  As  far  back  as  we  are  able  to  trace  the  history  of  the 
Navajos,  Piutes,  Zunis,  and  other  tribes,  we  find  that  they  raised 
corn,  pumpkins,  beans  and  squash  by  watering  the  seed  they  had 
planted.  In  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and  southern  Utah,  prehistoric 
canals  and  reservoirs  are  found  which  show  that  the  natives  brought 
irrigation  to  a  rather  high  state  of  development.  In  the  Salt  and 
Gila  valleys  of  Arizona,  an  immense  network  of  ancient  canals 
has  been  discovered.  Coronado,  the  Spaniard,  came  to  the  Seven 
Cities  of  Cibola  (Zuni)  in  1542,  where  he  found  the  Indians  till- 
ing the  soil,  and  this  could  only  be  done  by  irrigating  it,  for  it  was 
an  arid  country  and  water  was  necessary  for  the  raising  of  crops. 
Canals  used  by  the  Indians  of  ancient  days  were  ten  miles  in  length, 
and  even  twenty-five  mile  canals  have  been  traced.  These  canals 
were  seven  feet  deep  and  four  feet  wide,  with  the  sides  sloping  gradu- 
ally. Remains  of  wooden  headgates  have  been  found  in  the  excava- 
tions. "Several  old  canals  have  been  utilized  for  miles  by  modern 
ditch  builders,  and  in  one  instance,  a  saving  of  from  $20,000  to 
$25,000  was  effected  by  the  "Mormon"  settlement  at  Mesa,  Arizona. 
In  the  Chaco  canyon  of  Northwestern  New  Mexico,  large  ditches 
were  made  and  the  retaining  walls  were  constructed  of  stone.  The 
Indians  say  that  in  some  parts  of  the  mountains  where  reservoirs 
were  constructed,  large  snowballs  were  rolled  into  them  during  the 
winter,  which  provided  water  in  the  spring.  Throughout  the  box 
canyons  of  the  Southwest,  the  natives  used  the  "water  pools."  These 
were  natural  reservoirs  which  collected  the  waters  of  spring  and  con- 
served them  during  the  summer  months.  When  the  Spaniards  estab- 
lished the  missions  in  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and  California,  they 
carried  on  irrigation  and  many  of  the  old  missions  bear  record  of  the 
extensive  agricultural  pursuits  of  the  Spanish  people  who  settled  the 
present  confines  of  the  United  States  as  early  as  the  seventeenth 
century. 

In  the  early  history  of  the  Indians  of  the  upper  Missouri  river, 
we  have  some  interesting  references  on  irrigation.  One  time,  Sak- 
wi-ah-ki,   or  EARTH  WOMAN,   and   Is-sap-ah-ki,   or  CROW 


IRRIGATION  989 

WOMAN,  and  Crow  Woman's  little  daughter  lived  together  in  one 
of  the  old  camps  of  the  Mandan  Indians.  After  the  buffalo  had 
been  exterminated,  and  they  had  settled  down  at  old  Fort  Conrad, 
the  old  women  and  their  daughters  planted  a  garden  by  the  river  each 
season,  and  laboriously  watered  the  hills  of  corn,  beans,  and  squash 
with  buckets  which  they  carried  up  the  steep  banks.  Beside  the 
garden,  they  would  sit  in  their  tepee,  and  watch  the  growing  crops. 
While  they  worked  and  irrigated  they  did  beautifully  colored  por- 
cupine-quill embroidery  work  on  buffalo  leather  and  buffalo  robes. 
Such  work  often  required  many  summers  to  complete. 

The  state  of  Utah  is  in  the  very  heart  of  the  arid  West.  It 
lies  in  the  Great  Basin  between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Sierra 
Nevada  Mountains  and  is  the  country  that  has  less  rainfall  than  any 
other  part  of  America.  There  are  some  parts  where  at  times  there 
are  only  four  inches  a  year.  The  Great  Basin  was  explored  by  trap- 
pers and  adventurers  from  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth  century  to 
1847,  but  no  one  seemed  to  appreciate  the  many  natural  resources 
nor  did  anyone  ever  write  or  leave  any  statement  as  to  the  possibilities 
of  the  soil.  It  was  looked  upon  as  desert  waste.  Sagebrush  and 
greasewood  grew  everywhere  and  the  portion  around  the  Great  Salt 
Lake  was  bleak  and  sterile  and  seemed  to  have  an  influence  on  the 
entire  country.  There  were  prairie  dogs,  rattlesnakes,  coyotes, 
wolves  and,  in  the  early  part  of  the  century,  there  were  buffalo. 

The  "Mormon"  pioneers  settled  in  this  arid  country.  They 
were  accustomed  to  more  humid  conditions,  where  corn,  wheat, 
vegetables  and  fruits  grew  without  irrigation,  and  where  the  land 
needed  only  to  be  cleared,  plowed  and  planted,  and  kept  free  from 
weeds.  In  their  former  homes,  in  Missouri  and  Illinois,  the  "Mor- 
mons" had  become  good  farmers,  and  they  always  understood  the 
science  of  agriculture.  They  could  adapt  themselves  to  all  condi- 
tions of  climate  and  kinds  of  work,  and  it  was  the  careful  reason- 
ing from  conditions  that  made  them  know  the  results  that  would 
accrue  from  watering  the  soil  of  this  extremely  arid  land. 

Combination  of  geographic  factors  made  irrigation  possible. 
The  Wasatch  mountains  robbed  the  westerly  winds  of  their  moisture, 
storing  it  in  the  form  of  snow  in  the  higher  altitudes.  The  canyons 
afforded  water  courses,  the  rivers  cutting  their  way  into  the  alluvial 
plains  of  the  valleys,  and  easily  transforming  them  into  reservoirs. 
These  are  the  main  factors  in  the  task  of  catching  the  waters.  To 
conduct  the  waters,  canals  were  often  dug  along  mountain  sides  for 
miles  to  some  valley  or  vale  far  below.  Agriculture  was  the  first 
industry,  and  it  was  a  work  common  to  all  the  people  and  com- 
munities. The  land  was  used  to  the  best  advantage  by  the  farmers 
of  that  day.     The  Bible  speaks  of  "marrying  the  land,"  and  the 


990  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

farmer  of  early-day  Utah  looked  upon  the  land  as  "holy,"  using  the 
expression  of  Prof.  L.  H.  Baily  of  Cornell  University.  The  farmer 
was  characterized  by  initial  utility.  He  cleared  the  land  of  the  sage- 
brush and  greasewood,  he  then  tilled  it,  for  he  sought  the  first  values 
of  a  virgin  soil.  In  time  the  policies  of  government  were  dominated 
by  the  farming  element  of  the  new  territory. 

On  July  22,  1847,  an  advance  company  of  the  pioneers  under 
Orson  Pratt  entered  the  valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  and  camped 
on  Canyon  Creek.  On  the  23rd,  the  company  descended  the  hill  and 
camped  on  City  Creek  at  a  spot  where  the  City  and  County  Build- 
ing now  stands.  The  leader  of  this  vanguard,  Orson  Pratt,  called 
a  meeting  of  all  the  men  and  "dedicated  the  land  to  God."  He  asked 
for  the  blessings  on  the  seeds  they  were  about  to  plant,  and  invoked 
divine  protection  of  the  people  that  their  work  in  the  valley  might 
be  successful.  The  camp  was  organized  for  work.  Says  Orson 
Pratt  in  his  Journal: 

"This  afternoon,  we  commenced  planting  our  potatoes;  after 
which  we  turned  the  water  upon  them  and  gave  the  ground  quite  a 
soaking."  ! 

It  is  evident  that,  from  the  first,  those  colonizers  had  faith  in  the 
sagebrush  soil.  Their  plowing  and  planting  on  those  memorable 
days,  July  23  and  24,  1847,  marked  the  beginning  of  a  system  "that 
has  made  the  produce  of  the  Western  farm  a  competing  force  in  the 
world's  market."  Plowing  and  planting  were  continued  during  the 
summer,  and  in  the  autumn  hundreds  of  acres  of  land  were  cleared 
and  made  ready  for  the  coming  spring.  Sagebrush  grew  profusely, 
and  the  farmer  was  compelled  to  drag  it  from  the  soil.  Fortunately, 
this  was  not  a  difficult  thing  to  do,  for  the  roots  of  the  brush  yield 
readily  to  pick  and  harrow. 

The  Journal  of  Lorenzo  D.  Young  and  his  wife,  Harriet,  both 
of  whom  were  in  the  pioneer  company,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
diaries  we  have  on  the  migration  of  the  "Mormons"  to  Utah.  A 
great  deal  is  given  about  the  general  life  in  the  community  during 
the  first  season,  and  in  one  part  of  the  Journal  is  a  sentence  that  tells 
of  an  important  event.  Writing  on  October  19,  1847,  Mr.  Young 
says:  "I  sowed  the  first  acre  of  wheat  that  was  sowed  in  the  valley. 
Two  weeks  after,  I  sowed  another  acre;  two  weeks  after  I  sowed 
another  acre  and  dragged  it  in."  On  January  19,  Mr.  Young  writes: 
"This  day  I  finished  sowing  winter  wheat.  The  weather  is  warm 
and  pleasant,  and  the  grass  is  growing  finely."  During  the  summer 
of  1847,  eighty  acres  of  land  were  planted  with  corn,  potatoes, 
beans,  buckwheat,  turnips  and  a  variety  of  "garden  sauce."  By 
November  between  200  and  300  acres  of  fall  wheat  were  sown,  and 
just  before  the  snow  began  to  fall,  a  company  of  men  went  to  San 


IRRIGATION  991 

Francisco  to  procure  wheat  for  the  spring  sowing.  During  the 
winter,  which  was  mild,  over  2000  acres  of  wheat  were  sown.  As 
the  colonists  spread  out,  wheat  was  planted,  and  it  soon  became 
one  of  the  staple  products  of  the  soil.  The  people  were  taught  to 
conserve  a  certain  amount  of  their  grain  every  year  in  little  granaries. 
This  was  done  to  prepare  for  shortages  through  loss  of  crops,  by 
drought  and  otherwise.  It  was  a  wise  thing  to  do,  for  in  those  early 
days  the  wheat  put  awayfor  use  in  time  of  famine  saved  many  people 
from  starving. 

Farming  in  the  valley  was  pursued  by  all  the  people.  Plowing 
and  planting  were  continued  through  the  first  winter,  for  the  season 
was  a  mild  one.  By  the  summer  of  1848,  over  6000  acres  of  land 
were  brought  under  cultivation  and,  notwithstanding  the  destruction 
wrought  by  the  crickets  in  the  spring  of  that  year,  the  crops  were 
fairly  good.  Parley  P.  Pratt,  in  a  letter  of  September,  1848.  to 
his  brother  Orson,  then  in  England,  says:  "Early  in  March  the 
ground  opened  and  we  commenced  plowing  our  spring  crops.  I 
plowed  and  planted  about  twenty  acres  of  Indian  corn,  beans, 
melons,  etc.  My  corn  planting  was  completed  on  the  15th  of  May; 
most  of  it  has  done  extremely  well.  We  have  now  had  ears  to  boil 
for  nearly  a  month,  and  my  large  Missouri  corn  is  in  roasting  ear. 
I  had  a  good  harvest  of  wheat  and  rye  without  irrigation,  though  not 
a  full  crop.  Those  who  irrigated  their  wheat  raised  double  the 
quantity  on  the  same  amount  of  land.  Winter  and  spring  wheat 
have  both  done  well.  Some  ten  thousand  bushels  have  been  raised 
in  the  valley  this  season.  Oats  do  extremely  well,  yielding  sixty 
bushels  for  one  sowing;  barley  does  well.  Also  all  kinds  of  garden 
vegetables;  we  had  lettuce  on  the  4th  of  May  and  radishes  by  the 
middle  of  May.  We  have  raised  a  great  quantity  of  beets,  peas, 
beans,  onions,  cucumbers,  melons,  squash  and  almost  all  kinds  of 
vegetables,  as  well  as  some  200  bushels  of  Indian  corn.  *  *  * 
There  will  probably  be  raised  in  the  valley  this  season  from  two  to 
twenty  thousand  bushels  of  grain  over  and  above  what  will  be  con- 
sumed by  the  present  inhabitants." 

The  people  began  planting  their  gardens  and  plowing  the  land 
beyond  the  city  limits.  The  head  of  every  family  had  a  tract  of 
land,  which  became  an  industrial  and  economic  unit.  There  was 
little  money  in  circulation  and  the  people  bartered  whatever  they  had 
in  surplus.  There  were  other  companies  on  the  plains  when  the 
pioneers  arrived  in  July,  and  by  the  end  of  the  first  year  at  least 
four  thousand  "Mormon"  immigrants  had  settled  in  the  valley. 
Within  two  years  colonies  had  been  sent  out  from  Salt  Lake  to  the 
south  and  north.     Ogden  was  founded;  Lehi,  American  Fork,  and 


992  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Provo  became  thriving  centers  and  within  a  few  months  colonizers 
had  gone  into  Sanpete  county,  made  a  treaty  of  peace  with  the 
Sanpitch  Indians  and  obtained  that  beautiful  valley.  It  was  not  long 
before  the  valleys  of  the  Wasatch  and  the  Colorado  watersheds  were 
colonized  by  "Mormon"  pioneers.  Beautiful  towns  and  cities  were 
laid  out,  and  wheat  fields  and  farms  came  to  dot  the  great  wastes  of 
these  mountain  climes.  Brigham  Young  directed  the  colonizing  and 
in  this  one  activity  alone  he  showed  remarkable  genius.  Professor 
Charles  A.  Bear  says  in  his  Rise  of  American  Civilization: 

"The  entire  outcome  of  the  adventure  was  due  to  the  economic 
system  directed  by  Brigham  Young.  Tested  by  the  widespread 
prosperity  which  it  eventually  produced,  in  spite  of  all  the  diffi- 
culties, that  system  was  in  most  respects  superior  in  results  to  the 
methods  adopted  in  any  other  American  settlement  organized  on 
communal  principles.  In  the  early  days  of  the  experiment,  specu- 
lators and  commercial  profiteers  were  both  restrained  by  an  iron 
hand.  Land  was  not  sold  at  first  to  settlers  outright;  but  each 
family  was  allotted  a  share — proportioned  to  its  needs — to  till  for 
private  profit  as  long  as  it  was  thrifty  and  industrious.  None  was 
allowed  to  accumulate  a  large  estate,  and  the  industrious  poor  were 
given  advantages  in  competition  with  their  richer  neighbors.  The 
purchase  of  supplies  and  the  sale  of  produce  were  carried  on  through 
a  common  store,  while  irrigation  works  to  provide  water  for  the  arid 
soil  were  built  by  community  action  and  service  rights  granted 
to  all  families  on  equitable  terms.  Iron,  woolen,  printing,  and 
mining  industries  were  managed  also  on  the  cooperative  principle, 
fair  wages  being  paid  and  the  profits  going  into  the  common  chest 
for  the  promotion  of  fresh  undertakings." 

The  "Mormon"  colonies  were  always  well  organized  religious 
and  civic  communities.  Wherever  they  settled  they  constituted  a 
body  of  free  persons  united  for  the  common  benefit,  to  enjoy  peace- 
ably what  is  their  own,  and  to  do  justice  to  others.  The  celebrated 
French  economist,  DeMarns,  says  that  "A  state  is  a  certain  number 
of  men  and  of  families  who,  being  united  and  having  a  fixed  home, 
associate  themselves  and  submit  themselves  to  a  common  leader,  with 
the  intention  of  living  together  for  the  good  and  safety  of  all."  John 
Fiske  in  his  Outlines  of  Cosmic  Philosophy,  gives  us  a  paragraph 
which  applies  to  the  social  methods  of  the  "Mormon"  pioneers.  He 
says,  "The  ability  to  forego  present  enjoyment  in  order  to  avoid  the 
risk  of  future  disaster  is  what  we  call  prudence  or  providence.  The 
superior  prudence  of  the  civilized  man  is  due  in  great  part  to  his 
superior  power  of  self-restraint."  Fiske  also  gives  another  splendid 
thought  which  is  applicable  to  the  early-day  history  of  Utah.  Says 
he,  "The  power  of  economizing  in  harvest  time  or  in  youth  in  order 


IRRIGATION  993 

i 
to  retain  something  upon  which  to  live  comfortably  in  wealth  in  our 
old  age  is  dependent  upon  the  vividness  with  which  distant  circum- 
stances can  be  pictured  in  the  imagination." 

The  first  economic  problem  of  the  pioneers  arose  with  the  ques- 
tion of  the  division  of  the  water  of  the  streams  on  which  the  colonists 
located.  The  work  of  reclaiming  the  soil  and  the  digging  of  ditches 
and  canals  was  difficult.  There  was  much  severe  labor,  combined 
with  hardship  and  exposure,  and  yet  the  redeeming  of  the  land  was 
made  pleasurable  because  of  the  ideal  of  religion  and  home  which 
the  people  always  sacredly  held.  A  wider  division  of  labor  came  in 
due  time,  and  brought  about  a  greater  abundance  of  material  goods. 
Roads  and  bridges  were  built,  and  eventually  the  people  asked  Con- 
gress to  build  a  railroad  to  their  new  Territory. 

Variety  of  work  brings  love  of  freedom,  and  democratization 
of  society.  This  raised  labor  to  dignity  and  self-respect,  and 
brought  happiness  and  the  spirit  of  altruism.  A  sense  of  novelty 
and  freedom  developed  in  early  Utah,  for  the  economic  and  social 
life  of  the  people  was  founded  pretty  much  on  general  ownership  of 
land,  and  every  man  owned  his  home.  The  economic  wisdom  of 
their  leader,  Brigham  Young,  is  seen  in  his  words  to  his  people, 
December  18,  1848.  Said  he:  "The  immense  labor  of  irrigating 
alone,  to  say  nothing  of  the  scarcity  of  water  that  exists  in  nearly 
every  settlement  during  mid-summer,  at  the  very  time  that  water  is 
most  needed,  should  be  an  incentive  to  the  farmer  to  exert  himself 
by  more  thorough  culture  and  liberal  application  of  every  species  of 
fertilization,  to  raise  his  sustenance  from  a  smaller  quantity  of  land." 

The  economic  success  of  the  "Mormon"  migrations  is  attested 
by  the  fact  that  every  company  brought  seeds  and  trees,  oxen,  mules, 
horses,  poultry,  sheep,  hogs,  etc.,  safely  into  the  valley.  When 
Captain  Howard  Stansbury  was  returning  with  his  command  to  the 
East  after  having  spent  the  winter  of  1849-50  in  Salt  Lake  City, 
he  met  a  caravan  of  ninety-five  wagons  each  drawn  by  from  three 
to  five  yoke  of  oxen  in  fine  condition.  "The  wagons  swarmed 
with  women  and  children.  *  *  *  I  estimated  the  train  at  one 
thousand  head  of  cattle,  one  hundred  head  of  sheep,  and  five  hundred 
human  souls."  A  few  days  later  on  his  journey  on  the  upper  Platte, 
Stansbury  met  crowds  of  emigrant  wagons  wending  their  way  to  the 
"Mormon"  valley,  with  droves  of  cattle  and  sheep.  (Expedition  to 
the  Great  Salt  Lake,  pp.  130-1.)  Catherine  Coman  has  rightly  char- 
acterized the  "Mormon"  migration  as  "all  in  all,  the  most  successful 
example  of  regulated  immigration  in  American  history." 

In  the  early  days  of  the  State,  before  the  introduction  of 
capital,  irrigation  meant  more  than  a  mere  investment.  It  meant  the 
very  material  to  keep  people's  bodies  and  souls  together.     If  the  irri- 


994  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

gation  water  failed,  the  settlers  might  be  destitute;  if  sure,  the 
settlers  were  able  to  build  comfortable  homes  and  live  in  peace  and 
plenty.  When  a  community  met  with  repeated  trouble  or  had 
difficulty  in  finishing  a  project,  people  from  neighboring  towns  came 
and  helped,  and  thus  aided  in  removing  a  burden  which  would  other- 
wise have  been  crushing.  Persistence  has  borne  fruit,  until  now 
there  are  over  a  million  acres  of  fertile  land  in  the  State  under  irriga- 
tion systems,  and  the  acreage  is  rapidly  increasing. 

Institutions  in  Utah  show  distinctly  the  influence  of  irrigation 
farming.  The  cities  and  towns  are  located  on  streams,  and  the  farm- 
ers live  in  villages  rather  than  on  their  farms  as  in  the  East  and  Middle 
West.  Irrigation  has  given  a  rather  intensive  system  of  agriculture 
and  it  has  also  made  it  possible  to  produce  a  greater  diversity  of  vege- 
tables and  cereals.  These  facts,  in  their  turn,  have  an  influence  on 
the  entire  economic  condition  of  the  commonwealth,  making  it  more 
stable  and  giving  it  a  better  balance.  They  also  have  contributed 
to  the  educational  progress  of  the  state.  The  schools  have  always 
been  better  than  they  would  have  been  if  the  people  had  lived 
farther  apart.  The  accomplishments  of  irrigation  in  the  past  in- 
clude the  making  possible  of  establishing  a  permanent,  prosperous 
commonwealth  in  the  midst  of  a  desert,  thousands  of  miles  from 
civilization;  the  development  of  a  sturdy  manhood  and  womanhood 
and  the  grouping  of  the  tillers  of  the  soil  into  communities,  which 
have  excellent  social  and  economic  advantages. 

Farming  in  bygone  days  was,  however,  a  toil  beyond  imagina- 
tion. The  land  had  to  be  cleared  of  sage  and  greasewood.  Heavy 
drags  were  made  of  tree  trunks  and  poles,  and  the  brush  was  burned. 
The  plows  were  made  of  wood  and  the  shares  of  iron.  Often  the  land 
was  hard  and  dry,  and  water  for  the  season  might  be  late,  or  the 
sources  of  the  streams  dried  up.  Rains  might  not  come,  and  drought 
would  prevent  the  preparation  of  the  soil.  "Still  there  was  some- 
thing about  the  soil  that  gripped  the  farmer.  He  was  farm-minded, 
and  never  ceased  to  look  forward  for  the  ushering  in  of  a  Golden 
Age  the  following  spring.  It  might  have  been  too  wet  or  too  dry ; 
or  the  grasshoppers  might  have  eaten  up  the  crops;  or  the  worms 
taken  their  substance.  But  next  year  the  farmer  prospered  and  all 
was  well;  for  he  dealt  not  with  prosaic  known  things,  but  with  the 
sunny  future;  and  he  left  events  in  the  hands  of  God.  He  loved 
the  great  out-of-doors.  He  found  joy  in  the  fields;  and  he  was 
happy  to  see  the  corn  dancing  in  the  breeze." 

The  story  of  irrigation  in  the  West  is  a  dramatic  and  tragic  one. 
Not  always  would  the  crops  mature,  and  sometimes  if  it  were  not 
a  drought  it  was  a  flood,  which  would  overrun  the  land  and  carry 
away  the  seed  and  potato  fields.     Not  until  reservoirs  were  made 


IRRIGATION  995 

and  the  water  conserved  in  the  different  parts  of  the  State  were  the 
farmers  sure  of  having  enough  water  for  their  crops.  At  first  irriga- 
tion was  practiced  by  the  individual  family;  but  where  a  tract  of 
land  was  settled  by  a  group  of  families  all  united  their  efforts  and 
dug  large  canals  and  ditches  from  the  mountain  streams  and  rivers. 
Not  only  would  they  build  their  canals  and  ditches  together,  but 
groups  of  men  who  lived  as  neighbors  would  unite  in  building 
cabins.  One  group  would  go  to  the  canyon  and  get  out  the  logs, 
another  would  haul  them  to  the  farm  site,  while  a  third  group  had 
prepared  the  ground  for  the  building.  With  their  united  efforts  it 
was  not  long  before  substantial  log  cabins  made  up  the  settlements. 
These  together  with  the  old  adobe  and  rock  house  made  the  early 
Utah  dwellings  places  of  good  homes  and  substantial  farms.  The 
"Mormon"  colonizers  had  not  only  a  knowledge  of  agriculture  and 
other  useful  arts,  but  well  defined  ideas  of  government  and  the  ad- 
ministration of  justice.  They  naturally  turned  to  the  establishment 
of  American  civic  and  political  life  in  their  communities.  They  soon 
acquired  a  new  type  of  colony  and  a  new  incentive  to  labor  more 
assiduously  and  to  adopt  rules  for  making  their  labor  more  effectual. 
They  established  markets  for  surplus  agricultural  produce,  and 
markets  brought  about  the  building  of  roads  and  bridges.  The 
colonists  of  Utah  realized  that  a  country  will  seldom  have  potenti- 
ality of  agriculture  unless  it  has  a  large  town  population,  or,  in  other 
words,  a  population  non-agricultural.  Towns  make  it  possible  for 
markets  and  wherever  there  are  communities  composed  of  a  non- 
agricultural  population  the  people  naturally  pursue  other  lines  of 
activity  which  make  for  a  dynamic  society.  To  understand  the 
early  history  of  Utah  one  must  know  the  larger  elements  of  economic 
life  and  the  forces  that  gave  rise  to  civilized  communities.  Freedom 
of  spirit,  and  the  diffusion  of  education  are  necessary  for  the  dis- 
covering of  those  people  who  possess  unusual  gifts.  There  must, 
therefore,  be  a  general  diffusion  of  education  in  all  social  groups. 
Taussig  has  pointed  out  that  the  effectiveness  of  industry  depends 
not  alone  upon  material  equipment,  but  also  on  what  we  may  call 
immaterial  equipment;  not  only  on  accumulated  surplus,  but  moral 
qualities,  abundance  of  industry,  truthfulness,  honesty,  sobriety,  and 
consideration  for  others. 

Originally  every  settlement  in  the  Great  Basin  was  of  small 
population.  Land  and  water  were  free  to  all.  All  had  plenty;  but 
naturally  sooner  or  later  community  action  was  necessary  to  procure 
water.  Water  then  became  an  "economic  good"  because  effort  was 
needed  to  obtain  it.  Therefore,  the  first  great  problem  of  any  "Mor- 
mon" community  in  early  days  was  the  problem  of  securing  enough 
water  for  land,  for  the  people  were  totally  dependent  upon  irriga- 


996  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

tion  and  as  population  increased  in  any  community  the  problem 
of  water  and  land  increased. 

There  was  an  economic  foundation  in  the  development  of 
Utah  that  is  very  striking.  Economists  have  told  us  that  the  more 
things  a  community  has  in  the  nature  of  wealth,  the  less  prosperity 
there  is.  In  communities  where  it  is  hard  to  get  a  living  and  where 
obstacles  have  to  be  overcome,  the  people  gain  in  resources  which 
lead  eventually  to  greater  prosperity.  So  it  is  with  individuals. 
He  who  has  abundant  means  at  his  command  often  lacks  spirit  and 
in  the  end  is  surpassed  in  happiness  as  well  as  in  resources  by  him 
who  had  to  face  hardships  from  the  start.  Taussig  has  pointed 
out  in  his  Principles  of  Economics,  that  "Wealth  is  the  result  of 
effort."  It  is  the  scarcity  that  lies  at  the  base  of  economic  life,  and 
scarcity  of  materials  supplied  by  nature  must  be  adapted  to  man's 
use  by  labor. 

In  the  "Mormon"  communities  in  early  days  there  was  another 
type  of  work  besides  reclaiming  the  land.  Out  of  a  study  of 
seventy-two  towns  and  cities  in  Utah,  we  find  that  everyone  of 
them  had  a  meeting  house  and  school  within  a  very  short  time, 
and  substantial  public  buildings  were  erected  by  all  the  people 
working  together.  In  Salt  Lake  City  there  was  a  civic  building 
put  up  as  early  as  1850,  and  in  the  building  of  the  "Mormon" 
Tabernacle  and  Temple  the  builders  and  craftsmen  enjoyed  their 
work  for  they  had  what  Ruskin  has  pointed  out,  "the  joy  of 
beauty  and  character."  In  this  spirit  of  mutual  helpfulness  a 
democracy  of  society  sprang  up  which  raised  labor  to  dignity  and 
self-respect.  There  was  an  equalization  of  conditions,  and  this 
brought  about  happiness  and  the  spirit  of  altruism. 

Wherever  the  "Mormons"  settled  they  acquired  property  and 
in  some  instances  considerable  tracts  of  land,  and  the  love  of  prop- 
erty to  a  certain  degree  is  indispensable  to  sound  morals.  Naturally 
as  the  pioneers  acquired  land  they  sold  their  first  farms  in  time  at 
an  enhanced  price.  The  possession  of  this  money  awakened  an 
interest  again  in  life  and  work.  The  possession  of  property  de- 
manded naturally  the  hedge  of  laws.  The  "Mormon"  pioneer  was 
easily  reconciled  to  government  and  his  impatience  to  realize  certain 
hopes  impelled  him  to  a  life  of  sobriety  and  perseverance.  It  was 
not  hard  for  the  Utah  pioneer  to  join  his  neighbors  in  building 
schools  and  to  do  everything  to  secure  teachers.  He  easily  built  a 
church  and  had  a  regard  for  his  own  character  and  the  character  and 
felicity  of  his  family.  He  always  attended  to  the  worship  of  God 
on  Sundays  for  he  was  naturally  a  religious  man. 

When  the  pioneers  inaugurated  the  system  of  irrigation   in 


IRRIGATION  997 

the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century,  they  inaugurated  a  creative 
epoch.  America  was  fast  entering  the  age  of  great  internal  improve- 
ments. There  was  a  larger  change  in  the  industrial  history  of  the 
world  between  the  years  1830  and  1850  than  in  all  the  rest  of  the 
ages  of  the  world  together.  During  that  period,  the  reaper,  the 
mowing  machine,  the  modern  plow,  the  sewing  machine  were  all 
invented,  and  these  changed  the  economic  and  social  life  of  all 
America,  and  made  it  possible  for  the  Western  pioneer  to  bring  the 
land  almost  immediately  into  subjection.  In  1878,  Major  John 
W.  Powell  wrote  a  report  on  the  IRRIGATION  LANDS  OF  THE 
WEST.  Powell  in  his  report  shows  two  advantages  of  irrigation:  1. 
That  crops  thus  cultivated  are  not  subject  to  the  vicissitudes  of 
rain-fall.  2.  The  water  for  irrigation  generally  comes  down 
from  the  mountains  and  plateaus  freighted  or  charged  with  fertiliz- 
ing materials  gathered  from  the  decaying  vegetable  matter  and  soil 
of  the  higher  regions.  He  saw  that  only  the  government  could 
accomplish  the  great  feat  of  conserving  the  waters  and  reclaiming 
the  millions  of  acres  of  arid  land  of  the  West.  He  explained  many 
of  the  gigantic  engineering  problems  involved  in  the  storage  of 
waters;  the  erection  of  stupendous  dams  capable  of  sustaining  the 
never-ceasing  pressure  of  such  large  volumes  of  water  as  would 
be  needed  to  make  irrigation  of  large  areas  constant.  Powell's  report 
is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  works  ever  written  on  the  West,  and 
for  the  first  time  in  our  history  the  attention  of  the  government  was 
called  to  the  importance  of  the  lands  of  the  irrigated  regions.  Powell's 
survey  of  the  land  stimulated  a  new  interest  in  the  West,  and 
a  series  of  national  irrigation  congresses  were  held  in  various 
cities  of  the  West  from  year  to  year,  the  first  of  which  was  held  in 
Salt  Lake  City,  September  15,  1891.  Another  was  held  in  Los 
Angeles,  California,  in  1893,  and  the  third  in  Denver,  Colorado,  in 
1894.  These  conventions,  with  subsequent  ones,  all  advocated  the 
reclamation  of  the  lands  of  the  West,  and  at  the  ninth  Irrigation 
Congress,  held  in  Chicago  in  1900,  resolutions  were  adopted  in  favor 
of  a  comprehensive  system  for  the  storage  of  waters  and  the  reclama- 
tion of  our  Western  lands. 

In  December,  1901,  President  Theodore  Roosevelt  outlined  his 
ideas  for  a  system  of  national  reclamation  and  irrigation  in  his 
message  to  Congress.  In  words  that  precipitated  a  wave  of  great 
interest  in  the  question  of  reclamation,  he  said:  "The  pioneer  settlers 
on  the  arid  public  domain  chose  their  homes  along  streams  from 
which  they  could  themselves  divert  the  water  to  reclaim  their  hold- 
ings. Such  opportunities  are  practically  gone.  There  remain,  how- 
ever, vast  areas  of  public  lands  which  can  be  made  available  for 
homestead  settlement,  but  only  by  reservoirs  and  main-line  canals 


998  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

impracticable  for  private  enterprise.     These  irrigation  works  should 
be  built  by  the  national  government." 

As  a  result  of  President  Roosevelt's  statement  Senator  New- 
lands  of  Nevada  introduced  his  bill  which  became  our  national 
irrigation  law.  It  provides  that  "the  entire  receipts  from  the  sale  of 
public  lands  in  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Kansas, 
Montana,  South  Dakota,  Utah,  Washington,  and  Wyoming,  Ne- 
braska, Nevada,  New  Mexico,  North  Dakota,  Oklahoma,  and 
Oregon,  be  set  aside  and  appropriated  as  a  special  fund  in  the 
Treasury  to  be  used  for  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  irriga- 
tion works  for  the  storage  of  and  development  of  waters  for  the 
reclamation  of  the  arid  lands  of  the  West."  The  law  makes  it 
possible  for  a  man  to  take  up  from  forty  to  160  acres  of  land  and 
to  pay  the  government  $1.25  an  acre.  As  a  result  of  this  bill, 
great  irrigation  projects  have  been  constructed  in  the  far  West,  and 
hundreds  of  young  men  have  gone  on  to  the  farm. 

Within  a  few  years,  twenty-five  great  projects  were  under  way, 
and  with  their  completion  nearly  four  million  acres  of  land  will  be 
reclaimed.  In  Utah  alone  the  irrigated  land  has  been  doubled  by 
the  building  of  the  reclamation  projects,  which  include  the  Straw- 
berry valley  reservoir  and  the  Utah  Lake  reservoir.  With  the 
completion  of  the  government  reservoirs  in  the  West,  an  area  as 
large  as  France  and  Germany  will  be  brought  under  cultivation. 
The  most  outstanding  piece  of  work  in  reclamation  is  that  of  the 
Roosevelt  Dam  in  the  Salt  River  valley  of  Arizona.  Its  height 
is  286  feet,  it  is  800  feet  long,  and  has  made  the  largest  artificial 
lake  in  the  world,  being  twenty-five  miles  in  length,  and  two  miles 
wide.  In  its  construction  many  Indians  were  employed,  and  the 
total  cost  was  $6,500,000.00.  This  reservoir  is  located  in  a 
country  where  ages  ago  the  native  races  had  their  canals  and  reser- 
voirs. Along  the  Gila  and  Salt  River  valleys  are  many  remains 
of  irrigation  canals  and  ditches.  The  old  city  of  Los  Muertos  was 
composed  of  thirty-six  large  communal  structures.  It  was  supplied 
with  water  by  a  large  canal  seven  feet  deep,  four  feet  wide  at  the 
bottom,  and  thirty  feet  wide  at  the  top.  The  walls  had  been  ce- 
mented and  from  it  were  constructed  many  smaller  canals  for  the 
distribution  of  water  over  the  fields.  Old  posts  for  the  gates  for 
the  regulation  of  the  flow  have  been  found  at  the  head  of  the 
laterals,  and  Dr.  Hodge  has  reported  that  at  least  200,000  acres 
of  land  were  irrigated  by  the  ancient  people  in  the  Salt  River  valley 
alone. 

Among  the  most  important  government  projects  that  have 
been  completed  are  the  following: 


IRRIGATION  999 

Salt  River,  Arizona  Truckee-Carson,  Nevada  Belle  Fourche, 

Yuma,  Calif. — Arizona  Lower  Yellowstone  South  Dakota 

Uncompahgre,  Colorado  Montana— North  Dakota  Strawberry  Valley, 

Minidoka,    Idaho  Utah 

Milk  River.  Montana  Klamath,   Oregon  Tieton    ^^ 

North  Platte,   Nebraska  California  Sunnyside,  Wash. 

Wyoming  Umatilla,  Oregon  Shoshone,   Wyo. 

The  project  at  American  Falls  in  Idaho  has  just  been  completed, 
and  it  takes  its  place  as  one  of  the  most  important  pieces  of  work  in 
the  history  of  reclamation. 

Today  on  the  old  Oregon  trail,  where,  a  generation  ago,  thou- 
sands of  pilgrims  treked  their  way  to  Oregon  and  California,  there 
are  large  farms  of  alfalfa,  sugar  beets,  oats,  potatoes,  and  corn. 
Bungalows,  barns,  and  feeding  corrals  dot  the  country  side;  and 
beautiful  towns  and  villages  have  replaced  the  Indian  tepees.  The 
pilgrim  is  no  longer  going  "where  rolls  the  Oregon."  He  is  settling 
on  the  land  to  redeem  it;  not  to  fight  the  Indians  as  of  yore,  but  to 
fight  the  gophers  and  grasshoppers.  The  old  trail  east  of  the 
Rockies  runs  through  an  irrigated  country  that  produces  as  fine 
crops  as  any  country  in  the  world.  The  trail  has  become  the  Lin- 
coln highway,  on  each  side  of  which  is  a  vast  empire  of  fields  and 
gardens. 

The  work  of  the  Reclamation  Service  is  founded  deep  in 
democracy  and  the  needs  of  the  common  people,  for  it  gives  the 
lowliest,  poorest,  and  humblest  the  opportunities  to  have  homes 
and  the  comforts  of  life  for  themselves  and  their  children.  The 
reclamation  work,  as  fostered  by  the  government,  is  the  first  example 
in  the  history  of  the  world  where  irrigation  works  of  gigantic  magni- 
tude have  been  built  for  the  benefit  and  profit  of  the  people.  The 
people  are  to  own  and  maintain  them.  Land  is  not  to  be  the  prop- 
erty of  the  few,  but  of  all  the  people.  Herein  is  American  democracy 
expressing  itself  as  never  before  in  history. 

Well  may. we  sing  the  Irrigation  Ode  composed  by  Mrs.  Gil- 
bert McClurg: 

Oh!   desert  land! 
The  land  of  the  smiting  sun-glare,  deep-blue  of  the  star-pierced  night, 
Of  rcck-piled  heights  and  chasms,  awe-fraught  to  the  dizzying  sight, 
Where  the  shadow  ever  chases  the  light  of  the  blinding  day 
With  purple  and  pink  and  crimson,  opalescent  and  far  away! 
The  candlesticks  of  the  cactus  flame-torches  here  up-hold; 
Sunflower  disks  and  feath'ry  mustard  spread  fields  of  the  cloth  of  gold. 
The  polished  cups  of  amole  are  girded  with  spears  of  thorn — 
When  the  desert  wind  arises,- — and  they  fade  as  they  are  born! 
The  rainbow-colored  spaces,  wan  and  withered  in  a  breath; — 
Bones  of  man  and  beast  lie  together,  under  mirage-mock  of  death! 


1000  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Chorus: 

Life  of  sky  and  sand  awaking  to  prey  when  all  is  done; 
Land  of  the  desolate  people,  born  of  sirocco  and  sun! 
Oh!  desert  land! 

Oh!   glorious  land! 
The  land  of  homes  for  the  homeless;  of  shepherded  flocks  and  herds; 
The  land  where  the  green-walled  thickets  are  choral  with  songs  of  birds; 
Where,  over  the  ancient  furrows,  silver  streamlets  are  re-drawn; 
Where  slopes,  once  arid,  lie  teeming  with  wealth  of  the  vine  and  corn; 
The  land  of  sunny  spaces,  the  land  of  the  leafy  glades; 
Of  the  faith  that  sees  in  the  desert  the  promise  of  verdant  blades, 
Where  fruits,  purple,  crimson  and  golden,  roll  from  Plenty's  horn, 
Where  souls  of  noble  fealty,  of  diviner  mood  are  born; 
Where,  on  glimmering  heights  of  future,  gleam  fair  regenerate  years. 
Read  in  crystal  chrism  of  water,  the  transparent  globe  of  seers! 


Chorus: 


In  the  garden  grows  the  Tree  of  Life  where  Eden's  rivers  run, 
Land  of  the  world-dowered  people,  nurtured  by  water  and  sun! 
Oh!   glorious  land! 


Listen 

Listen!      The  woods  now  are  calling! 

The  mountains  are  casting  their  spell — 
A  call  has  come  out  from  the  highlands. 

Where  the  creatures  of  nature  dwell. 

Oh  hark!      The  light  winds  are  telling 

Of  wonderful  things  they  have  seen. 
They're  asking  you   to  explore  them — 

The  hills  and  the  valleys  so  green! 

Listen!      The  murmuring  brooklet 

Glides  on,   to  a  much  larger  stream; 
The  twittering  song  of  the  warblers, 

In  beauty  surpasses  your  dream. 

And  listen!   neighbor,   the  outdoors 

Is  better,  as  autumn  draws  nigh; 
The  heat  of  summer  is  over, 

And  the  soft,  cooling  breezes    sigh! 

Come  then,  be  joyful  and  merry, 

Enjoy  life  while  your  autumn  lasts; 
For  seasons  come,  and  seasons  go, 

But  the  die  of  life  isn't  cast! 

Weston  N.  Nordgren 


Speed  and  the  Spirit 

By  Joseph  J.  Cannon 

[This  story  was  read  to  Dr.  Haymond  in  order  to  assure  accuracy  of  details.  He  objected 
to  the  suggestion  of  the  heroic,  but  we  agree  with  the  author  that  as  long  as  he  refrained  from 
the  slightest  exaggeration,  adhering  strictly  to  the  facts,  the  story  should  stand  as  it  is. — £d/fors.] 

I  LIKE  Springville.  The  town  has  character.  The  people  there 
seem  a  little  more  subject  to  enthusiasms  than  most.     Years 

ago  when  state  prohibition  was  a  faint  hope,  national  a  dream. 
Springville  refused  to  license  saloons.  Revenues  were  scarce  and  bars 
elsewhere  invited  her  sons,  but  Springville  had  ideals. 

I  am  wondering  which  influence  more  greatly  stirred  the  genius 
of  Cyrus  Dallin  in  his  youth,  the  beauty  of  the  close  mountains,  that 
startling  range  from  Timpanogos  to  Nebo,  or  the  appreciative  friend- 
ship of  his  neighbors  in  Springville.  I  know  he  loves  those  neighbors 
now  with  a  great  love.  I  am  sure  the  sensitive  soul  of  John  Hafen 
felt  deeply  there  the  harmony  of  his  human  surroundings.  His  gentle, 
artistic  mood  was  affected  by  them  as  much  as  by  the  evening  light 
across  the  lake  or  the  autumn  hues  on  the  mountainside.  Art  galler- 
ies like  the  noted  one  at  the  Springville  high  school  are  not  accidents. 
They  grow  out  of  the  soul  of  a  people. 

About  a  score  of  years  ago  I  was  guest  at  a  home  there.  The 
large  lot  was  half  city,  half  country,  lawn  in  front,  garden  and 
stables  behind,  typical  "Mormon"  settlement  home,  part  of  a  farm 
but  away  from  it,  built  before  the  time  of  autombiles  and  good  roads, 
when  Indians  and  isolation  induced  the  farmers  to  live  in  town  and 
raise  their  field  crops  at  a  distance.  Milk  cows  came  from  the 
pasture  at  night  and  lay  down  at  peace  in  a  corral.  In  the  stable 
were  a  number  of  horses,  among  them  a  Shire  stallion. 

Out  on  the  lawn  under  the  high  apple  trees  I  visited  much  with 
two  children  whom  I  loved,  a  black-haired  boy  and  a  golden-haired 
girl,  twins,  Creed  like  his  mother,  Elma  like  her  father.  They  seemed 
so  typical  of  the  little  town,  those  two,  of  its  best  traditions,  high- 
minded,  enthusiastic,  charming.  They  interested  me  greatly,  those 
sprightly  youngsters,  well  born,  both  as  to  parents  and  to  commu- 
nity. I  drew  from  them  many  things.  They  had  ideals;  they  said 
their  prayers;  they  had  never  tasted  tea  or  coffee.  That  suggested 
something.  In  that  shady  garden  we  three  entered  into  a  contract. 
We  would  never  use  tobacco,  tea  or  coffee,  or  liquor,  until  we  all  sat 
down  and  had  these  things  together.  I  did  not  consider  it  a  very 
serious  contract — for  the  twins. 

Years  passed.  Creed  interested  himself  in  athletics  and  played 
basketball  in  high  school.  Then  he  entered  the  University  of  Utah 
and  made  the  track  team.   Soon  he  became  known  as  the  Utah  flash. 


1002  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"The  'Mormon'  speed  demon,"  his  competitors  on  other  teams  called 
him.  Sportsmen  said  he  ran  like  a  million  dollars — whatever  that 
may  mean.  The  professional  work  he  wished  to  do  could  not  be 
prepared  for  here,  so  he  went  East,  to  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Several  years  ago  I  saw  on  the  wall  of  his  office  the  photograph 
of  the  finish  of  a  race.  It  interested  me.  He  mentioned  that  there 
was  a  story  connected  with  it.  Part  he  told  me  then.  At  different 
times  since  I  have  drawn  most  of  it  from  him,  little  by  little,  and 
learned  some  details  from  others. 

It  was  the  end  of  May,  1919,  at  the  Harvard  stadium,  the  an- 
nual meet  of  the  Inter-Collegiate  Association  of  Amateur  Athletes  of 
America — the  I.  C.  4  A's.  To  Cambridge  the  great  American  col- 
leges had  sent  their  best  men,  seventeen  hundred  in  all,  to  compete. 
Creed  Haymond  was  captain  of  the  Pennsylvania  team.  The  night 
before  the  meet  Coach  Lawson  Robertson  came  to  the  room.  He  was 
in  good  spirits.  In  the  try-outs  Penn  had  qualified  seventeen  men. 
Cornell,  her  most  feared  rival  that  year,  had  only  ten.  As  the  scoring 
for  the  five  first  places  in  each  event  was  five,  four,  three,  two,  one, 
naturally  the  number  of  men  a  team  had  in  the  finals  greatly  influ- 
enced its  chances. 

"Creed,"  Robertson  said,  "if  we  do  our  best  tomorrow  we  will 
run  away  with  it." 

"We're  going  to  do  our  best,  Robby." 

The  coach  hesitated.  "Creed,  I'm  having  the  boys  take  a  little 
sherry  wine  tonight.  I  want  you  to  have  some,  just  a  little  of 
course." 

"I  won't  do  it,  Coach." 

"But,  Creed,  I'm  not  trying  to  get  you  to  drink.  I  know  what 
you  'Mormons'  believe.  I'm  giving  you  this  as  a  tonic,  just  to  put 
you  all  on  your  metal." 

"It  wouldn't  do  me  any  good,  Robby;  I  can't  take  it." 

"Remember,  Creed,  you're  captain  of  the  team  and  our  best 
point  winner,  fourteen  thousand  students  are  looking  to  you  per- 
sonally to  win  this  meet.  If  you  fail  us  we'll  lose.  I  ought  to  know 
what  is  good  for  you." 

Creed  Haymond  believed  he  had  the  best  coach  in  the  world, 
and  with  reason,  for  Lawson  Robertson  has  since  been  chosen  head 
coach  for  the  Olympic  teams  of  1920,  1924,  and  1928.  Creed  knew 
too,  that  other  coaches  felt  a  little  wine  to  be  useful  when  men  have 
trained  muscle  and  nerve  almost  to  the  snapping  point.  He  also 
knew  that  his  team  needed  his  best  efforts.  He  intensely  wished  to 
give  them,  but  there  is  something  of  steely  moral  courage  in  Creed 
Haymond  and  he  looked  Robertson  in  the  eye  and  said,  "I  won't  take 
it,  Coach." 


SPEED  AND  THE  SPIRIT 


1003 


Robertson  smiled  a  little,  not  a  gay  smile  it  is  true.  On  his  grim 
Scotch  face  there  was  a  curious  expression.  "You're  a  funny  fellow, 
Creed.  You  won't  take  tea  at  the  training  table.  You  have  ideas  of 
your  own.    Well,  I'm  going  to  let  you  do  as  you  please." 

He  went  away  and  left  the  captain  of  his  team  in  a  state  of 
extreme  anxiety.  Supposing,  Creed  thought,  he  made  a  poor  showing 
tomorrow;  what  could  he  say  to  Robertson?  He  was  to  go  against 
the  fastest  men  in  the  world.  Nothing  less  than  his  best  would  do. 
This  stubbornness  of  his  might  lose  the  meet  for  Penn.  His  team- 
mates were  doing  as  they  were  told.     They  believed  in  their  coach. 


Creed  Haymond  (second  from  right)  at  the  Harvard  Stadium.  Johnson  of  Michigan  at  his 
left.  Two  of  the  six  runners  have  been  cut  off  the  picture,  so  that  its  size  need  not  be  too 
greatly  reduced. 

What  right  had  he  to  disobey?  Only  one  right,  one  reason,  this 
thing  he  had  been  following  and  believing  all  his  life — this  Word  of 
Wisdom.  But  what  is  it  anyway,  something  Joseph  Smith  thought 
up  or  really  a  revealed  message  to  us  from  God?  It  was  a  critica! 
hour  of  the  young  man's  life  and,  with  all  the  spiritual  forces  of  his 
nature  suffusing  him,  he  kneeled  down  and  earnestly,  very  earnestly, 


1004  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

asked  the  Lord  to  give  him  a  testimony  as  to  the  source  of  the  revela- 
tion he  had  believed  and  obeyed.  Then  he  went  to  bed  and  slept  the 
sound  slumber  of  healthy  youth. 

Next  morning  Coach  Robertson  came  into  the  room  and  asked 
anxiously,   "How  are  you  feeling,  Creed?" 

"Fine,"  the  captain  answered  cheerfully. 

"The  other  fellows  are  vomiting.  I  don't  know  what's  the 
matter  with  them,"  he  said  seriously. 

"Maybe  it's  the  tonic  you  gave  them.  Coach,"  Creed  volun- 
teered. 

"Maybe  so,"  Robertson  answered  shortly. 

I  heard  Jack  Dempsey  tell  once  of  the  strange  feelings  he  had 
during  the  hours  preceding  a  fight.  While  amateur  events  evoke  less 
cruel  determination  to  win  than  where  one's  job  in  life  is  involved, 
every  athlete  who  is  about  to  meet  the  supreme  test  before  a  great 
crowd  has  the  tenseness,  fright,  exhilaration,  the  feeling  of  glory 
that  makes  the  occasion  memorable.  On  that  almost  perfect  day  in 
late  May  the  Penn  team  entered  the  great  Harvard  stadium  entitled 
to  full  measure  of  confidence.  The  dope  sheets  of  the  coaches  and 
others,  where  every  man  was  listed  and  graded  from  past  perform- 
ance, gave  Penn  a  margin  over  the  best  of  the  other  teams.  Gathered 
there  was  the  flower  of  American  athletics.  Every  man  was  known. 
Of  the  seventeen  entrants  Pennsylvania  had  qualified  the  day  before, 
she  counted  on  seven  to  win  the  meet  and  on  others  to  pile  up  points. 

Two  o'clock  found  twenty  thousand  spectators  in  their  seats- — 
the  same  sport-loving  crowd  that  has  watched  bull  fights  in  Spain, 
jousts  in  France  and  England,  gladiators  in  Rome  and  the  fair  ath- 
letes of  Greece — waiting,  that  crowd,  to  see  conflict,  joyous,  excited, 
partizan,  every  contest  on  track  or  field  giving  rise  to  an  emotional 
battle  among  the  spectators,  but  multiplied  many  thousand  times 
as  the  tense  occupants  of  the  bleachers  in  divided  sympathy  made 
their  feeling  vocal;  generous,  though,  that  crowd,  ready  to  cheer  the 
best  man,  victor  though  he  might  be  over  the  friends  of  most  of  them. 

As  the  events  got  under  way,  it  became  plain  that  something 
was  wrong  with  the  wonderful  Penn  team.  In  that  beautiful  race, 
the  quarter  mile,  the  grinding  test  of  speed  and  endurance,  Pennsyl- 
vania's man  was  figured  to  take  second  place  and  win  four  precious 
points.  The  startled  Penn  supporters  watched  the  field  run  away 
from  him;  he  came  in  last.  In  the  half-mile  event  the  inter-collegiate 
champion  of  the  year  before  was  Penn's  entrant.  Coach  Robertson's 
dope  sheet  gave  him  first  in  that  event  with  five  points.  He  finished 
fifth  with  one  point.  Two  men  were  entered  in  the  pole  vault. 
They  were  considered  the  classiest  men  in  America  in  that  picturesque 
event.    They  were  expected  to  take  first  and  second  places  and  win 


SPEED  AND  THE  SPIRIT  1005 

nine  points.  At  a  height  below  their  own  records  they  tied  for  third 
place  and  won  between  them  five  points.  The  man  entered  fot 
high  jump,  confidently  counted  on  as  a  point  winner,  did  not  place. 
The  one  who  should  have  taken  third  in  the  low  hurdles  was  too  sick 
to  run. 

The  hundred-yard  dash,  the  classic  of  track  events  was  an- 
nounced. The  six  fastest  men  in  the  colleges  of  America  took  their 
places.  This  and  the  two  hundred  twenty  yards  to  be  run  later  were 
Creed  Haymond's  races.  Penn  desperately  needed  him  to  win  them. 
Would  the  jinx  that  had  been  pursuing  his  team  get  the  captain? 
In  the  toss  up  Haymond  had  drawn  the  second  lane.  At  his  side  in 
the  first  lane  was  Johnson  of  Michigan,  six  feet  two  inches  tall. 

"Ready!"  The  six  sprinters  crouched.  Each  put  his  fingers  on 
the  ground  at  the  line  and  his  right  foot  into  the  hole  he  had  kicked 
for  the  start. 

"Set!"     Every  nerve  and  muscle  strained. 

The  pistol  shot — and  every  man  sprang  forward  into  the 
air  and  touched  earth  at  a  run — that  is,  all  except  one — Creed  Hay- 
mond, captain  of  the  Pennsylvania  team.  The  tall  Johnson  had 
used  that  second  lane  in  the  semi-finals  and  with  greater  spread  had 
kicked  a  hole  for  his  toe  an  inch  or  two  behind  the  spot  Haymond 
had  just  chosen  for  his.  Under  the  tremendous  thrust  Creed  gave, 
the  narrow  wedge  of  earth  broke  through,  and  he  came  down  on  his 
knee  behind  the  line. 

Probably  most  sprinters  would  have  let  the  others  go.  No 
coach  or  crowd  would  expect  a  man  to  get  up  and  make  a  pitiful 
spectacle  of  himself  running  behind.  Creed  Haymond,  I  said,  has 
moral  courage.  His  physical  courage  matches  it.  He  got  up  and 
ran  behind,  but,  man,  how  he  did  run!  His  brain  on  fire — the 
school — the  team — Robby — desperate,  but  not  hopeless — at  sixty 
yards,  the  last  in  the  race — then  seeming  to  fly — passing  the  fifth 
man — the  fourth — the  third — the  second — only  the  tall  Johnson 
ahead — and  close  to  the  tape — lips  away  from  teeth — face  drawn 
in  agony — heart  bursting  with  the  strain — sweeping  in  that  climax 
of  whirlwind  swiftness  past  Johnson  to  victory.  The  timers  caught 
the  flash  as  he  crossed  the  tape  and  called  it  ten  seconds  flat; — but 
no  man  could  know  the  actual  speed  of  that  running. 

Through  some  mistake  in  arrangement,  the  semi-finals  of  the 
220  yards  were  not  completed  until  almost  time  to  close  the 
meet.  With  the  same  bad  break  that  had  followed  the  Penn  team 
all  day,  Creed  Haymond  was  placed  in  the  last  heat.  Five  minutes 
after  winning  it  he  was  called  to  start  in  the  final  of  the  two-twenty, 
the  last  event  of  the  day.  One  of  the  other  men  who  had  run  in  an 
earlier  heat  rushed  up  to  him. 


1006  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"Tell  the  starter,  Haymond,  you  demand  a  rest  before  running 
again.  You're  entitled  to  it  under  the  rules.  I've  hardly  caught  my 
breath  yet  and  I  ran  in  the  heat  before  yours." 

Creed  went  panting  to  the  starter  and  begged  for  more  time. 
The  official  said  he  would  give  ten  minutes.  Just  then  the  telephone 
rang  and  the  starter  was  ordered  to  begin  the  race,  as  the  crowd  was 
clamoring.  Regretfully  he  called  the  men  to  their  marks.  Under 
ordinary  conditions  Creed  would  have  had  no  fear  for  this  race.  He 
was  probably  the  fastest  man  in  the  world  at  this  distance,  but  he  had 
already  run  three  races  during  the  afternoon,  one  the  heart-breaking 
hundred  yards,  and  only  five  minutes  before  the  220  semi-finals. 

At  a  high  point  in  the  grand  stand  Coach  Lawson  Robertson,  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  Coach  Tom  Keene,  of  Syracuse,  sat  with  their 
stop  watches  in  hand.  It  had  been  announced  that  Haymond  would 
try  to  break  the  world's  record.  The  two  coaches  had  chosen  this 
place  as  the  best  possible  one  from  which  to  get  the  correct  time  of 
the  race.  From  it  they  could  see  perfectly  the  smoke  from  the  re- 
volver and  were  above  the  runners  at  the  tape.  During  their  pro- 
fessional careers  they  had  timed  from  different  positions  thousands 
of  sprinters.     They  knew  their  game. 

With  surprise  they  saw  the  starter  order  the  breathless  men  to 
their  marks,  and  standing  behind  them  raise  his  pistol;  then  the 
white  puff  of  smoke.  That  explosion  gave  sudden  movement  to 
those  still,  crouched  forms.  They  rose  from  the  ground  like  a  flock 
of  frightened  birds.  This  time  the  Penn  captain  literally  shot  from 
his  marks.  Robertson's  heart  bounded  with  his  man.  What  a  sweet 
sight  as  almost  arm  to  arm  the  runners  started  down  the  straight 
away.  Haymond  was  emerging  from  the  crowd  and  definitely  tak- 
ing the  lead.  Would  he  have  the  stamina  to  hold  the  pace  after 
the  strain  of  the  other  run?  The  two  coaches  noted  his  magnificent 
stride — legs  extended  like  a  hurdler's — he  was  sprinting  away  from 
the  field.  They  sensed  the  superlative  swiftness  and  held  their 
breath.  Running  his  race  alone,  unpressed  by  competition,  the  little 
Penn  captain  drove  himself  to  the  tape  in  a  burst  of  speed,  eight 
yards  ahead  of  his  nearest  man.  As  he  crossed  it,  both  coaches,  di- 
rectly above  him,  snapped  their  stop-watches;  then  looked  at  them; 
then  looked  at  each  other  almost  with  awe.  Both  watches  registered 
twenty-one  flat. 

Something  of  the  glory  of  that  achievement  tempered  Coach 
Robertson's  disappointment.  Penn  had  lost  the  meet.  Davis,  her 
other  sprinter,  had  run  sixth  instead  of  second,  as  his  records  entitled 
him  to  do,  both  in  the  hundred  and  the  two-twenty,  following  in  al- 
most fatalistic  sequence  the  failures  of  his  team-mates  that  day.  To 
everybody's  amazement,   Pennsylvania,   out  of  seventeen  entrants. 


SPEED  AND  THE  SPIRIT  1007 

had  only  one  inter-collegiate  champion,  Captain  Creed  Haymond. 

The  two  coaches  hurried  down  to  consult  the  timers.  To  their 
astonishment  and  disgust,  they  found  that  the  officials  had  caught 
differing  time  on  the  wonderful  race.  Robertson  laid  his  hand  on 
the  shoulder  of  the  captain  of  his  team.  There  was  a  touch  of  sad- 
ness in  his  voice.  "Boy,"  he  said,  "they're  not  going  to  give  you 
your  true  time.  We  can't  help  that,  but  it  may  comfort  you  to  know 
that  you  just  ran  the  two  hundred  and  twenty  yards  in  the  fastest 
time  it  has  ever  been  run  by  any  human  being." 

At  the  end  of  that  strange  day,  as  Creed  Haymond  was  going  to 
bed,  there  suddenly  came  to  memory  his  question  of  the  night 
before  regarding  the  divinity  of  the  Word  of  Wisdom.  The  pro- 
cession of  that  peculiar  series  of  events  then  passed  before  his  mind, — 
his  team-mates  taking  the  wine  and  failing — his  own  abstinence  and 
victories,  victories  that  were  amazing  to  himself.  Had  Daniel  and 
his  three  continent  companions  as  startling  reason  for  testimony? 
He  had  asked  the  favor  of  some  witnesses  from  the  Lord.  What 
relation  did  all  those  things  have  to  his  prayer?  In  the  sports  of 
track  and  field,  does  God  teach  his  purposes? 

For  hours,  sleepless,  he  lay  in  contemplation.  And  to  the  clean 
heart  of  this  young  man  of  sweet,  simple  faith  came  the  assurance 
he  had  sought. 

"This  Word  of  Wisdom  which  has  been  supposed  to  have  become  stale,  and  not 
in  force,  is  like  all  the  counsels  of  God,  in  force  as  much  today  as  it  ever  was.  There 
is  life,  everlasting  life,     in  it — the  life  which  now  is  and  the  life  which  is  to  come. 

"The  travels  and  labors  of  the  elders  about  to  go  on  missions  will  throw  them 
into  positions  which  will  cause  them  to  seek  unto  the  Lord.  They  need  to  live  their 
religion,  to  go  forth  with  pure  hearts  and  clean  hands,  and  then  preach  the  Gospel  by 
the  power  of  God  sent  down  from  heaven.  They  should  touch  not  and  taste  not  of 
sin,  and  when  they  return  they  should  come  pure  and  clean,  ready  to  meet  the  Saints 
with  open  countenances."- — Brigham  Young. 


The  Test 

It's  easy  to  praise  and  keep  the  faith 

In  the  midst  of  clear  evidence; 

It's  natural  to  turn  to  God  in  need, 

And  be  blessed  by  his  providence. 

But  with  his  powers  unmanifest, 

Do  you  have  the  strength  to  stand  the  test? 

Each  new-born  day  with  hope  is  prized; 

But  night   leaves  hope   unrealized. 

Can  you  keep  your  confident  glow  the  same, 

When  your  own  weak  heart  must  kindle  the  flame? 

Endure  with  patience?      Trust  and  pray? 

That  is  the  test  we  face  today. 

Fielding.  Utah  EUNICE  PETERSEN 


The  Realms  of  Science  and  Religion 

By  Dr.  Joseph  F.  Merrill,  Commissioner  of  Education 
L.  D.  S.  Church 

(Conclusion) 

I  SAID  that  modern  science  has  had  a  profound  influence  on  the 
religious  ideas  of  our  time.  Science  has  demonstrated  that  we 
live  in  a  world  of  law  and  order.  In  fact,  all  experimentation 
with  nature  is  based  upon  this  view — that  under  the  same  conditions 
nature  always  acts  in  the  same  way.  This  is  called  the  orderliness 
of  nature.  So  science  shows  God  is  not  a  whimsical  being,  nor  is 
he  a  statical  being.  Change  is  found  everywhere  in  nature.  Dr. 
Millikin  surmises  that  we  are  on  the  verge  of  discovering  how  suns 
are  created  and  obliterated.  Another  thing  the  science  of  this  gen- 
eration has  done  is  to  reveal  to  us  a  world  and  a  universe  more 
extensive,  more  mysterious,  and  more  wonderful  than  man  ever 
imagined  before.  The  new  physics  has  revealed  a  new  wonder  world. 

But  what  has  all  this  to  do  with  a  sermon?  Many  of  you  are 
doubtless  asking  this  question.  As  one  reply,  may  I  answer  that, 
judged  by  modern  practice,  it  would  be  very  difficult  to  define  a 
sermon  other  than  as  some  kind  of  discourse  given  on  Sunday.  And 
this  is  Sunday. 

But  seriously,  I  have  a  purpose  in  talking  about  these  problems 
in  science.  Some  students  sometimes  assume  an  unfriendly  attitude 
toward  religion  and  religious  doctrines  and  assume  that  in  the  field 
of  science  there  is  definiteness  and  certainty,  in  contrast  to  the  vague 
uncertainty  and  mere  belief  wh'ch  they  say  are  characteristic  of  the 
religious  realm.  Furthermore,  these  students  are  sometimes  able  to 
show  wherein  teachers  of  religion  have  changed  their  views  and  no 
longer  stand  for  things  once  taught.  Also  they  say  religious  teachers 
indulge  in  dogmatic  assertions  about  things  that  are  not  true.  Well, 
what  about  the  scientists?  In  these  matters  can  "pot  call  kettle 
black?"  On  these  grounds  does  our  irreligious  student  have  any 
more  cause  to  rail  against  teachers  of  religions  than  of  science? 

But  this  line  of  talk  is  not  constructive.  I  said  once  before, 
both  scientists  and  religionists  are  probably  more  open-minded  and 
more  tolerant  than  they  used  to  be.  I  think  we  will  all  admit  there 
is  need  they  should  be. 

After  all,  man  is  finding  out  that  he  doesn't  know  very  much. 
The  more  he  delves  into  nature  the  more  wonderful  and  mysterious 
be  finds  the  situation.  So  the  truly  tolerant  man  and  the  man  who  is 
true  to  the  real  spirit  of  science  must  also  be  a  very  humble  man. 


THE  REALMS  OF  SCIENCE  AND  RELIGION  1009 

He  does  not  have  to  delve  very  far  before  coming  against  the  un- 
known and  apparently  unknowable.  Suppose  we  find  matter  is 
made  up  of  electricity.  That  docs  not  solve  the  riddle  of  electricity. 
The  earth  behaves  as  if  it  were  a  great  magnet.  But  why  this  magnet- 
ism is  as  much  a  mystery  today  as  ever.  We  know  how  to  generate 
electric  currents.  But  no  man  can  explain  why  they  are  generated. 
So  we  find  mystery  and  the  unknown  in  every  direction  and  on 
every  hand.  But  so  far  as  we  go.  so  far  as  we  know,  there  is  a  won- 
derful beauty  and  order  in  it  all.  Whether  we  look  with  unaided 
eyes,  or  with  a  microscope,  or  a  telescope,  we  see  the  same  matchless 
harmony  everywhere.  The  "music  of  the  spheres"  is  not  mere  poetic 
license,  it  is  a  fact  of  nature. 

But  our  young  scientist  wants  to  deal  with  certainties:  matters 
of  faith  have  no  interest  for  him.  Friends,  I  have  briefly  outlined 
a  theory  of  atomic  structure.  I  remarked  that  no  one  had  ever  seen 
an  atom.  The  human  mind  finds  it  impossible  to  conceive  of  the 
minuteness  of  an  atom,  much  less  the  minuteness  of  an  electron,  a 
constituent  of  an  atom.  Yet  we  speak  of  atoms  and  electrons  as  if 
we  see  them  every  day  and  know  all  about  them.  Is  there  any  faith 
involved  in  all  this?  The  wave  theory  of  light  says  the  sensation 
of  yellow  light  is  due  to  transverse  waves  in  the  ether,  analogous  in 
form  to  the  waves  that  would  travel  along  a  clothes  line  if  one  end 
were  fastened  and  the  other  moved  rapidly  up  and  down,  except  that 
the  train  of  light  waves  would  be  infinitely  more  rapid  moving  up 
and  down  more  than  five  hundred  trillion  times  a  second.  Does 
it  require  any  imagination  to  see  these  waves?  But  there  is  more  yet. 
This  train  of  waves  is  said  to  be  transverse,  that  is,  the  wave  travels 
longitudinally,  while  the  wave-movement  is  up  and  down.  Now 
a  wave  of  this  character,  having  the  speed  of  light  requires  an  ex 
tremely  solid  medium  for  its  propagation.  The  luminiferous  ether, 
filling  all  space,  is  said  to  be  this  solid  medium.  But  the  earth,  the 
stars  and  all  the  heavenly  bodies  move  through  this  medium  without 
being  slowed  up  in  speed,  without  opposition.  This  requires  that 
the  medium  shall  be  a  perfect  fluid.  Now  do  you  have  any  difficulty 
in  picturing  a  medium  that  is  at  one  and  the  same  instant  a  perfect 
solid  and  a  perfect  fluid?  Does  science  make  any  demands  upon 
your  credulity? 

A  story  runs  that  Sir  Isaac  Newton  observed  a  falling  apple  and 
was  thereby  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  laws  of  gravitation.  And 
gravitation  explains  the  motion  of  the  moon,  earth,  planets  and  other 
heavenly  bodies  in  their  course.  But  what  explains  gravitation? 
We  know  how  the  earth  moves  in  its  orbit  around  the  sun,  but 
do  we  know  why  it  moves?  The  force  existing  between  the  sun  and 
the  earth  that  accounts  for  the  orbital  motion  of  the  earth  is  enor- 


1010  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

mous,  there  is  a  tremendous  pull  between  them.  Is  the  earth  tied 
to  the  sun?  Can  a  pull  be  executed  through  a  fluid  medium,  such 
as  the  ether  must  be,  in  order  that  the  earth  shall  move  through  it 
without  resistance?  My  friends,  the  reason  why  an  apple  falls  is  a 
profound  enigma.  Perhaps  there  is  nothing  more  mysterious  in  all 
the  world.  Explain?  What  can  science  explain?  We  answer  little, 
but  very  little  of  the  ultimate  nature  of  things.  But  the  more  science 
has  to  teach,  the  more  wonderful,  the  more  inexplicable  we  find  na- 
ture to  be.  Does  religion  tax  your  faith  and  imagination?  Science 
taxes  mine  every  whit  as  much  as  does  religion.  And,  as  I  see,  the 
greatest  tax  of  all  on  the  imagination,  the  greatest  possible  demand 
on  credulity,  is  the  assumption  that  there  is  no  God,  to  me  a  perfectly 
impossible  assumption.  Even  had  I  no  faith  in  Deity  in  my  boy- 
hood, as  I  think  of  it,  I  must  believe  that  the  little  study  of  science 
that  I  have  since  made  would  have  driven  me  irresistibly  to  a  be- 
lief in  God. 

But  let  us  turn  now  to  another  phase  of  our  theme.  We  speak 
of  certainties  in  science.  Are  there  no  corresponding  certitudes  in 
religion?  Is  religion  a  field  of  belief  only?  The  discussion  of  this 
phase  of  the  theme  is  so  well  done  by  Professor  Dinsmore  of  Yale 
University  in  his  little  book  entitled  Religious  Certitudes  in  an 
Age  of  Science  that  I  offer  no  apology  for  quoting  and  paraphras- 
ing very  freely  from  the  last  chapter  in  this  book.  Discussing  "what 
we  know  and  what  we  believe,"  Professor  Dinsmore  says:  "In  the 
day  of  her  bigotry  the  church  asserted  infallible  knowledge  in  many 
departments  of  interest,  discrediting  science  as  a  black  art,  the  craft 
of  the  Devil." 

But  human  nature  is  the  same  in  the  laboratory  as  in  the  pulpit, 
and  many  scientists  today  are  as  bigoted  as  was  ever  a  medieval  monk. 
With  many  of  them  what  they  do  not  know  is  not  knowledge.  So 
prevalent  is  the  tendency  of  affirm  that  life  in  all  its  multitudinous 
activities — its  moral  ideals,  its  poetry,  its  soul-hunger — can  be  ex- 
plained by  a  materialistic  philosophy  that  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  a  few 
years  ago,  in  a  presidential  address  delivered  before  the  British  Asso- 
ciation, thought  fit  to  say  to  his  fellow-scientists: 

"It  is  my  function  to  remind  you  and  myself  that  our  studies 
do  not  exhaust  the  universe,  and  if  we  dogmatize  in  the  opposite 
direction  and  say  that  we  can  reduce  everything  to  physics  and 
chemistry,  we  gibbet  ourselves  as  ludicrously  narrow  pedants,  and 
are  falling  short  of  the  richness  of  our  human  birthright.  Scientists, 
not  a  few,  have  still  to  learn  that  the  faculties  and  the  methods  they 
employ  are  not  the  only  road  to  genuine  knowledge.  *  *  * 
'Humbug  is  humbug,'  wrote  William  James,  'even  though  it  bear  a 
scientific  name.'    Yet  many  men,  both  in  science  and  out  of  it,  who 


THE  REALMS  OF  SCIENCE  AND  RELIGION  1011 

are  neither  narrow-minded  nor  materialistic,  are  inclined  to  con- 
fine the  word  'knowledge'  to  the  sphere  of  the  sciences.      *      *      * 

"We  claim  that  the  difference  between  the  results  of  scientific 
experimentation  and  religious  experience  is  but  the  difference  be- 
tween two  different  kinds  of  knowledge,  each  resting  on  faith,  each 
established  on  experimentation  after  its  own  kind.  Science  uses 
the  perceptive  and  the  distinctively  intellectual  faculties  in  her  opera- 
tions; religion  assumes  that  the  heart  has  reasons  as  well  as  the  in- 
tellect, that  conscience  is  a  doorway  into  reality,  that  the  imagina- 
tion and  the  will  are  also  pathways  to  truth.  Religion  employs  a 
larger  portion  of  human  nature  in  the  discovery  of  truth  than  does 
science,  and  she  believes  that  she  touches  a  wider  environment.    *    *    * 

"Knowledge  is  to  have  assurance  upon  proper  evidence  that 
one's  mental  apprehensions  agree  with  reality.  Subjectively  there  is 
certainty,  objectively  there  is  reality;  the  connecting  link  is  proper 
evidence  that  the  thought  tallies  with  the  thing. 

"The  conviction  we  are  seeking  to  establish  is  that  religious 
experience  creates  a  joyous  certitude  in  the  breasts  of  the  faithful, 
the  certitude  of  the  individual  is  repeated  in  a  countless  multitude 
and  issues  in  characters  which  have  all  the  credentials  of  truth. 

"These  multiplied  experiences,  these  substantial  and  radiant 
characters,  constitute  proper  evidence  that  the  inner  conviction  is  not 
entirely  alien  to  the  outer  reality.  Therefore  the  saints  as  well  as 
the  scientists  are  able  to  say:  'We  know.' 

"Let  us  ask  to  what  degree  science  has  knowledge.  She  begins 
with  an  act  of  faith,  faith  in  the  general  trustworthiness  of  the  sense 
perceptions,  faith  in  those  mental  powers  which  go  beyond  sense  ob- 
servation into  the  region  where  things  are  intellectually  discerned, 
faith  in  an  external  world  that  is  dependable  and  capable  of  inter- 
pretation. By  precise  observation,  experiment,  and  careful  deduc- 
tion she  builds  up  a  body  of  fact  and  truth  which  she  calls  knowl- 
edge, and  rightly  so.  But  it  is  knowledge  of  a  limited  kind, 
knowledge  of  phenomena  and  of  modes  of  behavior,  not  of  meanings, 
not  of  ultimate  realities.  She  uses  only  those  aspects  of  reality 
which  she  needs  in  her  work.  The  laws  of  nature,  as  science  de- 
scribes them,  represent,  but  are  not  identical  with,  the  laws  of  nature 
as  they  really  are.  She  takes  only  those  serviceable  features  of 
phenomena  which  she  can  employ  for  her  purposes.  But  her  results 
are  substantial  enough,  and  constitute  a  body  of  facts  and  laws  suf- 
ficiently valid  to  sustain  our  houses,  our  factories,  our  civilization. 

"But  the  scientist  does  not  cover  the  whole  of  life  with  his 
method,  or  with  his  knowledge.  The  poet,  the  musician,  the  prophet 
have  other  fields  of  interest;  they  live  in  a  world  as  real  as  his, 
a  world  with  its  actualities  perceived  by  faculties  which  he  does  not 


1012  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

use,  but  which  they  are  confident  yield  valid  knowledge.  They 
deal  not  so  much  with  facts  as  with  values  and  forces,  which  are 
spiritually  discerned,  which  are  established  in  confidence,  not  by 
experiment,  but  by  experience.  We  are  all  aware  of  this  world 
which  is  above  sense  phenomena.  We  are  as  certain  of  the  value  of 
poetry  as  we  are  of  Ford  cars.  The  sighs  of  love  have  shaken  men 
as  perceptibly  as  the  winds  of  heaven.  *  *  *  A  transforming 
power  issues  from  the  holiness  of  Jesus  which  is  as  indisputable  as 
a  volt  of  electricity.  We  are  as  sure  of  this  realm  of  spiritual  values 
and  forces  as  of  the  earth  beneath  our  feet.  The  power  of  character 
is  as  much  a  part  of  the  nature  of  things  as  dynamite  and  can  be 
equally  verified.  Buddha,  Confucius,  Christ  founded  world  civil- 
izations, and  the  spiritual  and  moral  energies  they  released  are  as 
truly  a  part  of  the  world  order  as  the  Mississippi  or  the  Amazon. 

"Spontaneously  and  habitually  we  use  the  word  knowledge  in 
connection  with  these  aesthetic  and  ethical  experiences.      *      *■     * 

"Most  men  cannot  be  persuaded  that  man  can  know  so  much 
about  material  things  and  so  little  regarding  the  things  which  con- 
cern him  most.  They  cannot  believe  that  this  infinitely  rich  uni- 
verse has  such  abundant  satisfaction  for  their  physical  needs,  and 
nothing  for  their  deepest  spiritual  necessities.  Therefore,  with  the 
yearning  of  a  pilgrim  for  his  distant  home,  they  turn  to  the  mystery 
from  which  they  emerged,  and  whose  awful  shadow  encloses  their 
lives,  to  find  a  refuge  in  the  day  of  trouble,  explanation  of  the  mean- 
ing of  life,  and  re-enforcement  to  meet  the  difficulties  of  the  journey. 

"Men  need  God,  they  trust  him,  they  seek  to  learn  his  will  and 
obey  him.  The  steps  one  takes  in  solving  his  religious  problems  are 
much  the  same  as  those  he  takes  in  solving  his  scientific  problems. 
In  science  we  trust  our  sense  perceptions  and  the  conclusions  of  our 
intellect.  In  religion  we  trust  our  spiritual  intuitions  and  the  validity 
of  the  claims  of  our  moral  and  emotional  natures.  Religious  faith  is 
our  reason  for  acting  bravely  in  the  presence  of  life's  gravest  problems. 
It  is  a  valor  of  soul  which  makes  us  commit  the  highest  in  ourselves 
to  what  we  believe  is  the  Highest  in  the  universe. 

"Now  this  faith  upon  which  our  religion  is  founded  is  as  bold, 
as  rational,  and  as  comprehensive  as  any  scientific  generalization. 
Will  it  stand  the  test  of  experience?  Can  this  faith  prove  its  truth 
by  its  effects  upon  life? 

"If  one  man  tries  it  out  and  finds  that  it  will  work,  he  will 
have  an  inner  certitude  of  its  truth.  He  will  say,  'I  believe.'  If  he 
finds  that  his  experience  has  been  repeated  in  ten  thousand  lives 
which  have  followed  the  same  procedure  then  he  will  exclaim,  'We 
know!'  Know,  not  all  about  God,  but  know  God  to  the  extent 
that  He  comes  into  human  experience,  know  Him  as  a  reality  be* 


THE  REALMS  OF  SCIENCE  AND  RELIGION  1013 

cause  He  produces  real  effects.  For  surely  virtues  of  highest  worth 
are  not  nurtured  on  what  is  entirely  illusion. 

"But  religious  faith  sweeps  farther  and  higher  than  such  expe- 
riences. It  postulates  a  divine  benignity  which  cares  for  the  indivi- 
dual, and  works  with  boundless  grace  even  through  the  wrath  and 
error  of  the  world.  Men  in  vast  numbers  have  actually  ventured 
everything  on  the  hypothesis  that  in  living  a  life  of  love  they  were 
reproducing  in  a  measure  the  divine  nature,  and  they  have  not  been 
put  to  confusion.  If  their  faith  were  vain,  then  when  they  took  the 
leap  they  would  have  fallen  into  vacuity,  but  their  concurrent  testi- 
mony has  been  that  they  found  a  Rock  beneath  their  feet.  If  this 
faith  in  a  Divine  Providence  were  a  delusion,  then  the  men  who  came 
under  its  baleful  influence  would  have  deformed  and  brittle  char- 
acters. On  the  contrary  theirs  are  the  most  firm-fibered  and  lustrous 
characters  the  world  has  produced.  Those  who  have  sent  the  roots 
of  their  being  down  most  deeply  into  the  faith  of  a  divine  love  have 
been  the  most  revered  men  in  history. 

"Religious  faith  would  have  vanished  from  the  world  long  ago, 
if  it  had  put  one  out  of  joint  with  the  nature  of  things.  If  no  help 
had  ever  come  from  the  unseen,  the  impulse  to  pray  would  long  ago 
have  died  out.  The  saints  may  be  confused  and  confusing  in  their 
speech  about  religion,  but  with  unanimity  they  report  the  same 
experience.  Christians  sing  in  twentieth  century  America  psalms 
which  were  written  in  Asia  three  thousand  years  ago.  Catholics  and 
Protestants  use  the  same  prayers  and  the  same  hymns.  Their  creeds 
differ,  but  they  touch  the  same  reality,  and  experience  the  same  peace 
and  spiritual  liberty. 

"What  I  wish  to  claim  is  this:  Science  does  not  have  knowl- 
edge, and  religion  simply  faith.  The  lover,  the  artist,  the  musician, 
know;  so  does  the  saint.  Religion  has  always  used  the  word  'knowl- 
edge' freely  and  always  will,  because  no  lesser  term  expresses  her 
experiences.  Both  science  and  religion  begin  with  an  act  of  faith. 
Both  reach  results.  Those  of  science  are  sufficiently  verified  for  a 
man  to  base  his  actions  and  his  civilization  upon  them.  Those  of 
religion  are  so  tested  that  one  can  build  his  whole  life  upon  them 
with  ever  increasing  satisfaction  both  to  his  mind  and  to  his  soul. 

"But  scientific  knowledge  is  independent  of  the  personal  equa- 
tion. A  murderer  can  perform  a  chemical  experiment  as  well  as  a 
saint.  Religion  on  the  other  hand,  is  more  personal.  Its  knowledge 
is  conditional  on  character.  Only  the  pure  in  heart  can  see  God;  only 
the  unselfish  and  obedient  can  realize  His  love.      *      *      * 

"But  religious  knowledge  is  superior  to  scientific.  Science  deals 
with  the  world  out  there  beyond  us.  It  knows  only  symbols  of 
reality  which  ar?  interpreted  to  the  consciousness  through  the  senses. 


1014  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

But  when  we  deal  with  what  takes  place  in  our  own  inner  nature, 
we  send  the  shaft  down  deeper  into  reality.  There,  if  anywhere,  we 
surprise  reality  unveiled.  'By  being  religious,'  says  Professor  James, 
'we  establish  ourselves  in  the  possession  of  ultimate  reality  at  the 
only  point  at  which  reality  has  been  given  us  to  guard.' 

"Knowledge  is  religion's  normal  word.  Without  it  her  Scrip- 
tures are  tame,  her  teachings  ineffectual,  and  her  promises  pallid.  'If 
any  man  willeth  to  do  his  will,  he  shall  know  of  the  teachers;'  'Ye 
shall  know  the  truth  and  the  truth  shall  make  you  free.'  'This  is 
life  eternal  to  know  thee,  the  only  living  and  true  God  and  Jesus 
Christ  whom  thou  hast  sent.'  'Every  one  therefore  which  heareth 
these  words  of  mine,  and  doeth  them,  shall  be  likened  unto  a  wise 
man  which  built  his  house  upon  the  rock.'  Religion  is  indeed  con- 
ceived in  faith,  but,  'The  steps  of  faith  fall  on  a  seeming  void,  and 
find  the  rock  beneath.' 

And  now  in  conclusion  may  I  be  pardoned  a  word  of  personal 
testimony?  I  am  persuaded  to  give  it  only  because  it  fits  so  aptly 
with  what  I  have  just  read.  Away  back  in  early  adulthood,  as  a  boy 
of  nineteen,  I  had  a  blessed  experience  that  I  never  can  forget  as  long 
as  memory  and  reason  shall  last.  Between  ten  and  eleven  o'clock 
one  August  night  I  was  engaged  in  most  earnest  and  devout  prayer, 
when  suddenly  in  reply  there  came  to  me  a  wonderful  spiritual  mani- 
festation. From  that  moment  until  this,  I  too  have  always  been 
able  to  say  truthfully,  "I  know." 


Warning  Against  Losing  Old  Faiths 

"The  immensity  of  possible  discovery  contrasts  with  our  feebleness  in  putting 
it  into  words.  For  that  reason  never  throw  away  hastily  any  old  faith  or  traditions 
because  of  some  dogma  of  science:  do  not  run  foul  of  conventions  merely  because 
you  do  not  see  the  good  of  them. 

"The  problems  do  not  get  easier  as  the  world  grows  older.  The  extraordinary 
multiplicity  of  plants  and  animals  is  astounding.  What  an  imagination  the  Creator 
must  have  had!  Our  growth  of  knowledge  of  the  planetary  system  shows  that  every- 
thing is  governed  by  one  system  of  law. 

"Real  existence  is  a  much  wider  thing  than  terrestrial  existence.  We  are  mistaken 
in  believing  that  life  can  exist  only  for  material  bodies.  It  can  exist,  perhaps  better, 
with  immaterial  things. 

"There  are  many  persons  who  formerly  lived  on  this  planet  and  who  still  hover 
close  to  us.  They  retain  many  of  the  attributes  that  they  once  had  here.  The  dead  are  not 
dead,  but  alive.  They  have  bodies,  but  not  of  matter,  what  I  may  call  spiritual  bodies. 
They  are  clothed,  but  not  with  material  clothing. 

"Mankind  came  on  to  the  earth  very  recently,  so  its  corporate  blunders  are  the 
mistakes  of  infancy.  Our  squabbles  are  like  those  of  children  in  a  nursery  but  they 
are  deadly  and  I  hope  we  will  have  no  more  of  them.  They  tend  to  destroy  civiliza- 
tion."— Sir  Oliver  Lodge. 


October  in  Southern  Utah 


By  Kenneth  S.  Bennion 


NE  would  think,  to  watch  cars 
along  the  highway,  that  just 
about  everybody  spends  the 
summer  touring.  Of  course,  some  of 
us  have  to  stay  home  and  work  to  sup- 
port the  vacationists,  burglarize  their 
houses,  haul  away  the  watermelon 
rinds  on  Monday  morning,  keep  the 
home  fires  burning  under  the  copper 
kettles,  and  the  wheels  of  industry 
moving  generally.  But  we  all  admit 
that  sitting  under  a  steering  wheel  and 
watching  the  road  unwind  is  just 
about  the  ideal  life — for  awhile,  at 
least.  None  of  us  would  think  of 
turning  down  an  opportunity  to  "take 
a  trip,"  any  time,  anywhere,  for  any 
reason  whatsoever.  If  the  road  is  fair, 
the  weather  dry  enough  so  that  one 
can  change  tires  without  getting  wet, 
and  if  the  car  "percolates"  all  right, 
the  trip  is  the  best  ever,  and  the  scenery  just  grand. 

But  of  all  the  trips  a  person  may  take,  one  of  the  most  inviting 
is  that  leading  down  the  Arrowhead  Trail  from  Salt  Lake  City  to 
Utah's  Dixie,  in  the  sunny,  hazy  days  of  October.  There  is  some- 
thing unusually  charming  in  this  mid-autumn  season.  The  valleys 
are  brimming  with  rich  harvests  of  the  year,  the  trees  are  still  in  full 
foliage,  and  the  mountains  are  gloriously  decorated  in  the  gayest 
of  colors.  At  this  transition  point  between  summer  and  winter,  the 
weather  is  most  delightful,  and  the  out-of-doors  most  appealing. 

Recently  a  neighbor  of  mine  decided  to  celebrate  his  ninth 
wedding  anniversary  (he  called  it  his  paper  plate  wedding)  by 
taking  a  belated  honeymoon.  I  was  invited  to  go  along  as  official 
tire  changer,  and,  after  looking  over  the  big,  comfortable  sedan  with 
its  five  good  balloons,  I  accepted.  His  wife  sat  in  the  back  seat  where 
she  could  take  full  and  complete  charge  of  the  youngsters, — two 
small  boys, — offer  bits  of  advice  as  to  how  the  driving  should  not 
have  been  done,  and  where  she  could  prepare  and  pass  forward  sand- 


Watching  the  road  unwind. 


1016  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

wiches,  cake,  chocolates,  etc.,  from  time  to  time  as  the  occasion,  or 
one  of  us,  demanded.     A  most  happy  arrangement,  indeed! 

As  the  town  slid  away  behind  us  and  we  neared  the  south  end 
of  the  valley,  the  mountains  on  our  left  drew  toward  us,  their 
rugged  slopes  clothed  in  brilliant  autumn  colors,  and  their  summits 
lipped  with  snow.  The  bare,  jagged  walls  of  Lone  Peak  were 
softened  somewhat  by  the  Indian  summer  haze.  In  Utah  valley  we 
passed  by  the  base  of  Timpanogos.  The  whole  mountain  was  white 
to  the  foothills,  its  summit  shining  in  the  sunlight  above  a  thin 
cloud  mantle. 

Along  the  highway  here,  we  met  bands  of  sheep,  coming  down 
from  the  higher  summer  ranges,  headed  for  the  desert.  The  old 
ewes  in  lead  remembered  the  salt  sages  of  the  winter  range,  and  were 
leading  the  herds  at  a  half  trot. 

In  Provo,  a  boy  on  a  bicycle  suddenly  swung  across  directly  in 
front  of  the  car.  Thanks  to  four-wheel  brakes  he  passed  on,  unhurt. 
He  flung  us  a  scared  smile  over  his  shoulder  and  hurried  away. 

The  fine,  paved  highway  winds  through  miles  of  productive 
farms  and  gardens;  then  it  climbs  a  low  divide  and  drops  down  into 
Juab  valley,  to  the  little  town  of  Mona,  at  the  foot  of  Mt.  Nebo. 
This  mountain  is  one  of  the  highest  in  the  Wasatch  range.  Its  triple 
peaks  rise  abruptly  out  of  the  valley  to  a  height  of  about  12,000 
feet  above  sea  level.  On  this  day  its  western  face  presented  a  wilder- 
ness of  slide  rock  above  the  timber-line,  and  a  riot  of  autumn  colors 
below.  A  few  weeks  later  I  passed  it  again.  It  was  white  as  marble 
from  top  to  bottom,  with  occasional  crags  jutting  through  the  snow- 
mantle,  like  the  tusks  of  ancient  monsters.  A  wild  wind  swept 
across  its  peaks,  and  plumes  of  drifting  snow  streamed  far  out  from 
its  knife-like  ridges. 

Just  south  of  Nebo,  in  Salt  Creek  canyon,  the  Wasatch  Range 
really  comes  to  an  end.  From  there  on  is  a  new  formation,  with 
reddish-colored  rocks.  These  rocks  have  colored  a  bright  red  the 
fertile  farming  lands  of  the  valley.  At  the  mouth  of  the  canyon  lies 
the  beautiful  town  of  Nephi,  surrounded  by  some  of  the  richest 
dry-farming  lands  of  Utah. 

At  Nephi  we  secured  a  road  map  and  a  sandwich,  and  then 
turned  southwestward,  across  the  valley,  following  very  closely  the 
plainly  visible  road  of  the  pioneer  settlers  of  southern  Utah.  A  few 
miles  out  we  had  our  first  flat  tire.  While  we  were  putting  on  the 
spare,  one  of  the  small  boys  got  the  tire  pump  and  began  vigorously 
pumping  up  a  dust  in  the  road. 

"Hey  there,  Tony!"  called  the  other,  "quit  wasting  all  that 
good  air!" 


OCTOBER   IN  SOUTHERN  UTAH  1017 

At  the  Uba  dam  on  the  Sevier  river  we  rested  the  car  and 
stretched  our  legs.  The  water  in  the  reservoir,  which  earlier  in  the 
season  is  backed  up  for  twenty  miles,  was  very  low,  and  the  river 
was  unusually  small. 

Scipio,  the  next  point  of  interest,  is  a  farming  and  stockraising 
town,  lying  in  a  peculiar,  circular  valley  that  has  no  drainage  outlet. 
The  town  was  settled  early  in  Utah's  history,  and  many  of  the  fine 
old  pioneer  homes,  two-story  brick  and  adobe  structures,  are  still  in 
use,  picturesque  monuments  to  the  skill  and  industry  of  those  early 
settlers.  Beyond  the  town,  the  old  road  is  very  plainly  marked,  as  it 
winds  over  a  steep  pass  out  of  the  valley.  Now  a  wonderful  high- 
way carries  the  car  easily  up  an  even  grade,  over  the  summit,  and 
down  the  long  road  to  Holden,  in  the  Pahvant  valley. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest  valleys  in  Utah.  The  mountains 
on  the  farther  side  almost  fade  from  sight  in  the  blue  haze  of  the 
desert.  The  Indian  name  signifies  "vanished  waters,"  and  refers 
to  the  shore  lines  and  sand  bars  of  Lake  Bonneville,  and  to  the  dried- 
up  bed  of  the  Sevier  river,  which  once  flowed  through  the  valley  into 
Salt  Lake.  The  great  farming  district  of  Delta,  including  half  a 
dozen  towns,  occupies  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  valley.  Holden, 
Fillmore,  Meadow,  and  Kanosh  lie  along  the  foot  of  the  eastern 
mountains. 

From  these  towns  on  the  country  somehow  begins  to  have 
the  "feel"  of  southern  Utah.  It  becomes  a  little  more  picturesque, 
a  little  more  romantic.  After  a  half-hour's  drive  along  a  splendid 
highway  through  the  cedar-covered  hills  at  the  south  end  of  the 
valley,  we  rounded  a  point  and  came  into  view  of  Cove  Fort.  This 
interesting  landmark  was  built  by  the  early  settlers  as  the  half-way 
camping  place  between  the  Pahvant  settlements  and  Beaver.  Oxen 
could  not  make  the  whole  trip  in  one  day,  and  in  that  country  there 
were  then  a  great  many  rather  unfriendly  Indians.  The  high  stone 
walls  of  the  fort  are  very  thick.  A  row  of  narrow  loop-holes  ex- 
tends around  the  four  sides,  up  near  the  top.  There  is  a  wide  en- 
trance in  the  east  side,  through  which  wagons  could  be  driven  into 
the  enclosed  courtyard.  A  small,  narrow  exit  was  provided  in  the 
west  wall,  in  case  the  Indians  should  break  through  the  great  wooden 
doors  of  the  main  entrance.  Rooms  were  built  along  the  north, 
south,  and  part  of  the  west  sides.  A  well  was  dug  in  the  center  of 
the  court.  The  whole  arrangement  reminded  me  of  an  old  fort 
of  Napoleon's  at  Brest.  The  latter  was  an  improvised  delousing 
plant  when  I  was  an  inmate. 

Cove  Fort  has  recently  been  purchased  by  some  Eastern  people, 
and  converted  into  a  "dude  ranch"  for  tourists.     Perhaps,  some  day 


1018 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


the  state  will  take  steps  to  preserve  it  as  a  monument  to  the  early 
settlers. 

We  left  the  fort  and  hurried  on  southward,  through  the  cedars. 
The  sun  was  hanging  low  above  Mineral  range  and  we  had  a  long 
way  yet  to  go.  At  the  south  end  of  this  valley,  the  road  was  lined 
with  clumps  of  brilliantly  colored  maples,  with  dark-green  oaks  and 
cedars  between.  On  a  little  knoll  by  the  side  of  the  road,  a  band  of 
sheep  was  bedding  down  for  the  night.  A  thin  thread  of  gray  smoke 
rose  from  the  camp  wagon,  and  horses  tied  to  the  wheels  of  the 
commissary  munched  in  their  feed-bags.  The  whole  scene  called 
up  poignant  memories  of  canned  tomatoes,  mutton  chops,  red-hot 
sourdough  biscuits  and  syrup. 

We  pulled  into  Beaver  just  at  dusk  and  stopped  at  a  restaurant 
for  supper.  As  we  ate,  we  listened  to  the  clever  banter  of  a  party 
of  tourists  at  the  next  table.     There  had  been  tire  trouble  on  the 


Granite  rock  carved  out  by  the  drifting  desert  sand  from  Pahvant  Valley 

way,  and  they  had  had  to  get  a  new  tire.  A  sympathetic  fellow- 
traveler  contributed  a  dollar  toward  the  cause,  and  offered  to  take 
up  a  collection  from  everyone  in  the  room.  At  this  critical  point 
a  party  of  Mexicans  came  in  and  became  the  focus  of  attention. 
One  of  them  looked  like  Villa  himself,  and  we  wondered  whether 
that  famous  bandit  had  really  been  killed,  or  whether  the  job  had 
yet  to  be  done. 

At  eight  o'clock  we  were  on  the  road  again,  and  after  a  few 
miles  of  winding  over  cedar-lined  curves  and  dugways,  we  rolled 


OCTOBER   IN  SOUTHERN   UTAH  1019 

down  a  long  hollow,  around  a  point,  and  into  a  wide  valley.  The 
lights  of  Paragoonah  and  of  Parowan  flickered  in  the  distance. 
Parowan  has  installed  a  new  street-lighting  system,  and  has  reason 
to  feel  proud  of  herself.  We  drove  through  the  town,  passing  with 
reluctance  the  road  leading  to  beautiful  Parowan  canyon  and  Cedar 
Breaks.  At  ten  o'clock  we  pulled  into  Cedar  City,  everybody,  in- 
cluding the  driver,  about  ninety  per  cent  asleep.  "El  Escalante" 
surely  looked  like  home. 

At  7:30  the  next  morning  we  breakfasted  on  hot  cakes  and 
casawbas.  A  young  fellow  across  the  room  unconsciously  created 
quite  a  flutter  among  the  waitresses.  He  looked  like  a  college  foot- 
ball player,  a  movie  star,  and  a  bashful  country  boy,  all  rolled  into 
one.  He  possessed  thick,  black  hair,  a  shirt  of  many  colors,  and 
a  cool,  quiet  manner.  We  saw  him  later,  leaving  for  parts  unknown 
in  a  big,  new  roadster. 

We  tanked  up  with  gas,  oil,  water,  and  pine  nuts,  and  left  the 
main-traveled  roads,  heading  westward,  toward  the  Escalante  desert. 
The  road  led  for  many  miles  through  rolling  hills,  heavily  timbered 
with  cedars  and  pinion  pines.  Then  we  reached  a  more  arid  country. 
The  timber  gave  way  to  brush  and  grass,  and  the  hills  fell  away 
to  open  valleys  and  low,  desert  ranges.  Along  the  way,  the  driver 
told  us  the  story  of  a  lost  gold  mine  that  had  really  never  been 
found.     The  story  runs  somewhat  like  this: 

A  few  winters  ago,  one  of  the  prominent  sheepmen  of  Cedar 
City  hired  a  young  fellow  to  herd  one  of  his  bands  of  sheep  out 
among  these  very  desert  hills  through  which  we  were  passing.  The 
boy  was  gone  all  winter,  and  when  he  returned  in  the  spring  and 
received  his  wages,  went  north  to  work  in  Wyoming.  Just  before 
leaving,  he  pulled  a  few  pieces  of  rock  from  his  pocket  and  gave 
them  to  his  employer,  saying  that  he  had  found  them  out  on  one  of 
the  mountains  during  the  winter.  He  said  they  probably  weren't 
any  good,  but  that  they  looked  rather  interesting.  The  sheepman 
shoved  them  out  of  his  way  and  out  of  his  mind.  Some  months  later 
he  happened  to  come  across  them  again  and  gave  them  a  careful 
examination.  Immediately  he  sent  them  to  an  assayer,  and  in  a  few 
days  received  the  returns,  showing  that  the  samples  carried  gold 
worth  some  $65,000  a  ton!  At  once  he  began  a  frantic  search  for 
the  young  sheepherder,  and  for  the  ledge  from  which  the  samples 
were  taken.    To  date,  neither  has  been  found. 

We  resolved  to  bring  a  camp  outfit  here  and  comb  the  country 
from  end  to  end  in  an  attempt  to  find  the  gold — "some  day." 

We  crossed  a  low  divide,  passed  through  the  little  town  of  New- 
castle, and  skirted  the  southeastern  edge    of   Escalante    valley    to 


1020  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Hamblin  creek.  There  we  wandered  over  the  alfalfa  and  potato 
fields  of  a  large  ranch  that  was  for  sale  and  then  drove  into  Enter- 
prise. This  town  was  a  pleasant  surprise  in  such  a  great,  dry  coun- 
try. It  is  situated  among  fertile  fields,  and  boasts  electric  lights, 
telephone,  waterworks,  modern  homes,  and  a  fine  new  school  house. 

From  here  we  turned  south,  climbing  through  rolling  hills  to 
the  divide,  a  few  miles  from  the  town.  This  divide  marks  the 
southern  rim  of  the  Great  Basin,  in  Utah.  Water  falling  on  the 
north  side  of  the  rim  runs  into  the  desert,  where  it  evaporates  or 
sinks,  but  that  on  the  south  side  finds  its  way  into  the  Colorado. 
We  met  a  picturesque  old-timer  in  the  dugway  here.  His  buck- 
board,  mules,  and  whole  make-up  suggested  the  "early  days."  His 
outfit  would  have  looked  far  more  appropriate  on  the  old  road  of  the 
emigrants,  still  deeply  carved  in  the  canyon  below  us,  than  on  the 
smooth,  graded  highway  that  connects  southwestern  Utah  with  the 
railroad. 

The  road  crosses  a  little  valley,  climbs  another  divide,  and 
drops  down  to  the  little,  scattered  farming  community  of  Central. 
The  hills  are  heavily  wooded  with  cedars,  pines,  quaking  aspens, 
cottonwoods,  and  willows.  Off  to  the  eastward  rises  the  massive 
bulk  of  Pine  Valley  Mountain,  recently  dedicated  as  a  national 
monument.  Pine  valley,  in  the  heart  of  the  mountain,  is  one  of  the 
State's  most  attractive  summer  resorts. 

Beyond  Central  the  road  drops  down  to  a  narrow,  wilder  part 
of  the  valley  and  crosses  the  Santa  Clara.  A  fine  steel  bridge 
spans  the  gorge  that  is  cut  deep  down  through  the  black  lava.  A 
great  pine  tree  growing  in  the  edge  of  the  plunging,  boiling  torrent 
below  reaches  just  under  the  level  of  the  bridge.  From  here  the 
road  climbs  a  narrow  dugway,  cut  out  of  solid  lava,  and  then  rounds 
the  shoulder  of  a  hill  and  comes  out  onto  a  plateau — the  top  of  the 
world! 

No  wonder  the  early  settlers  remember  always  the  "forbidding 
aspects  of  the  country!"  As  far  as  the  eye  can  see,  east,  south  and 
west,  the  whole  region  is  a  wild  jumble  of  mountains  and  canyons. 
Black  lava  is  everywhere.  Volcanic  cones  rise  above  the  plateau 
so  black  and  perfect  that  one  looks  expectantly  for  smoke  and  ashes 
to  burst  forth  from  them.  The  plateau  drops  away  abruptly  to 
the  southward,  down  to  the  valley  of  the  Virgin  river,  far  below. 
Beyond  this  river  rise  great  colored  mesas,  and  toward  the  southwest 
the  river  passes  through  still  wilder  country  on  its  way  to  join  the 
Colorado.  How  the  pioneers  ever  traveled  through  this  region  be- 
fore the  days  of  steel  and  dynamite  is  a  mystery.  But  they  did 
make  their  way,  and  down  in  the  fertile,  semi-tropical  valleys,  below 


OCTOBER   IN  SOUTHERN  UTAH 


1021 


<*f 


S^i^&M 


One  of  the  Blue  Pyramids,  no  man's  land,  south  of  Bryce  Canyon. 

the  barren  lava  beds  with  their  all-but-impassable  gorges,  they 
founded  a  paradise  of  farms  and  gardens,  cities  and  towns.  Now  a 
beautiful  highway  winds  over  the  mountains,  spans  the  gorges,  and 
elbows  down  the  plateau.  Over  this  road  we  rolled  along,  down 
over  a  bluff  and  into  St.  George,  sleeping  under  the  warm,  after- 
noon sun.  We  had  left  a  land  of  snowy  mountains  and  falling 
leaves,  but  here  it  was  still  mid-summer. 

St.  George  is  a  garden  spot  in  the  heart  of  a  terrible  land.  It 
seems  that  here  nature  tries  to  atone  for  the  great  stretches  of  waste 
land,  dry  plateaus,  barren  mesas,  and  rock-walled  canyons  of  the 
surrounding  region,  and  every  foot  of  ground  yields  abundantly. 
The  great,  snow-white  temple  rises  impressively  from  among  dark- 
green,  semi-tropical  trees.  The  wide,  shady  streets  are  lined  with 
comfortable,  well-kept  houses.  Pioneer  homes  of  rock  and  adobe 
stand  side  by  side  with  modern  bungalows.  Lawns  are  bordered 
with  pomegranate  trees,  giant  tamaracks,  and  other  trees,  vines,  and 
shrubbery,  most  of  which  do  not  grow  on  the  north  side  of  the 
"Rim  of  the  Basin,"  a  few  miles  distant.  Incidentally,  the  people 
there,  who  are  nearly  all  pioneers  or  their  immediate  descendants,  are 
as  interesting  as  the  city  itself. 

At  dusk,  just  as  the  lights  were  beginning  to  gleam  among  the 
trees,  we  left  St.  George,  once  more  on  the  Arrowhead  Trail,  but 


1022  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

this  time  headed  northeast.  Almost  immediately  we  left  the  river 
valley  and  began  climbing  innumerable  dugways.  The  lights  of  the 
car  showed  a  white  roadway  with  a  wall  on  one  side  and  a  black 
void  on  the  other.  As  we  raced  along,  the  driver  recounted  a  wild 
shooting  tale  of  the  days  when  Silver  Reef  was  one  of  the  West's 
most  famous  mining  camps.  The  tale  concerned  the  sudden,  com- 
plete, and  well-merited  demise  of  the  town's  most  notorious  citizen. 

Leaving  the  mountains  and  the  "ghost  town,"  we  passed 
through  some  small  valleys,  each  with  its  scattered  ranches  and 
communities.  Then  presently  we  took  to  dugways  again.  These 
wound  around  so  much  that  all  sense  of  direction  was  lost.  The 
driver,  who  had  been  silent  for  a  long  time,  very  sleepily  informed 
us  that  over  the  edge  of  the  road  and  somewhere  down  below  was 
the  Virgin  river.  Comforting  thought,  with  a  sleepy  driver!  He 
became  a  little  alarmed  at  one  point,  when  the  car  showed  a  tendency 
to  dive  off  into  space,  and  he  began  to  sing  to  keep  awake.  He  sang 
all  the  songs  he  knew,  and  some  he  didn't.  He  made  a  speech,  told 
jokes,  and  then  burst  into  song  again.  He  said  it  was  quite  a  strain 
to  drive  when  he  was  so  sleepy,  but  it  was  as  much  of  a  strain  for 
me  to  sit  mile  after  mile  in  tense  anticipation  of  the  moment  when 
I  would  have  to  grab  the  wheel  and  jerk  the  car  back  from  the  edge 
of  the  dugway. 

Meanwhile  the  skyline  began  to  rise  on  both  sides  of  us,  until 
only  a  narrow  band  of  stars  shone  overhead,  and  then  the  road 
dropped  down  from  the  dugway  to  the  canyon  floor.  Finally,  just 
after  midnight,  we  rolled  up  to  the  Zion  Park  Lodge,  at  the  foot  of 
an  immense  cloud  of  rock,  "El  Sentinel,"  and  called  it  a  day. 

The  next  morning  we  were  up  in  time  to  see  the  sunlight  strike 
the  tops  of  the  canyon  wall,  and  we  drove  up  to  the  end  of  the 
road  at  the  Narrows.  I  tried  to  write  something  descriptive  of  the 
canyon,  but  gave  it  up.  We  took  a  few  snapshots,  but  even  this 
seemed  rather  futile.  For  immensity,  grandeur,  and  majesty  of 
workmanship,  the  mighty-walled  canyon  is  beyond  anything  that 
has  yet  been  said  of  it,  or  any  picture  that  has  attempted  to  portray 
it.  Reluctantly  we  turned  back  down  the  highway  over  which  we 
had  traveled  so  nervously  the  night  before.  Our  road  led  down  the 
Virgin  river,  then  over  the  hills  to  the  main  highway,  and  north- 
ward to  Cedar  City. 

At  Cedar  we  replenished  the  commissary,  gave  the  car  a  fresh 
supply  of  oil,  and  started  up  the  canyon  toward  Cedar  Breaks.  Cedar 
canyon  itself  is  very  picturesque.  Great  rocks  rise  hundreds  of  feet 
above  the  stream  bed,  and  in  some  cases  they  completely  overhang  the 
highway.  The  road  is  good,  but  steep,  rising  from  5000  feet  above 
sea  level  in  the  valley  to  10,400  feet  at  the  rim  of  the  Breaks,  twenty 


OCTOBER   IN  SOUTHERN  UTAH  1023 

miles  away.  The  canyon  was  gorgeously  colored  with  autumn 
leaves,  and  as  we  approached  the  summit  we  saw  occasional  patches 
of  fresh  snow.  A  blue  haze  rested  over  the  hills  and  softened  down 
the  rugged  outlines  of  the  peaks. 

The  road  climbs  out  of  Cedar  canyon  and  circles  the  south  side 
of  a  high  mountain.  For  a  few  miles  here  it  crosses  the  headwaters 
of  the  Virgin.  Far  down  through  the  haze,  some  thirty  miles  away, 
we  could  see  where  the  river  cuts  through  the  rocks  in  Zion  Park, 
and  could  even  make  out  the  Narrows  and  the  Great  White  Throne. 
Far  away  in  the  southwest  Pine  Valley  Mountain  stood  out  boldly 
on  the  horizon.  We  took  a  last  look  and  then  drove  on  through 
endless  groves  of  white-boled  quaking  aspen  the  leaves  of  which  had 
nearly  all  fallen.  The  mountain  seemed  deserted.  There  was  practic- 
ally no  traffic  on  the  road,  we  saw  no  animals,  and  everything  was 
still.  Snow  patches  increased  as  we  climbed,  though  the  highway 
was  still  quite  dry  and  hard. 

The  road  swings  around  to  the  northward  through  beautiful 
park-like  meadows  and  groves,  enters  a  thick  clump  of  pine  trees  and 
then  without  warning  emerges  on  the  very  rim  of  the  Breaks.  The 
thrill  of  that  first  breath-taking  view  seems  to  increase  with  each 
visit  there.  Cedar  Breaks  is  a  mighty  amphitheatre  of  brilliant  colors 
and  grotesque  forms  set  in  one  of  the  most  beautiful  forests  of  Utah. 
It  is  a  region  of  mystery  and  romance  utterly  beyond  description. 
The  sun  was  sinking  low  in  the  west,  casting  weird  shadows  among 
the  castles,  caves,  and  images  of  the  canyon.  We  still  had  far  to  go 
so  we  turned  eastward  over  the  "Angels'  Highway,"  where  forests, 
meadows,  lakes,  streams,  and  canyons  provide  a  paradise  of  scenery. 

At  ten  o'clock  we  reached  Bryce  Canyon  Lodge,  hungry,  tired, 
and  sleepy.  It  was  the  last  night  of  the  season  there  and  nearly 
everything  was  closed.    Therefore  we  had  to  turn  in  without  supper. 

The  next  morning  we  took  a  most  chilly  visit  to  the  rim  of  the 
canyon  to  watch  the  "Silent  City"  at  sunrise.  The  sight  was  worth 
the  chill.  I  climbed  down  the  Navajo  Trail  and  got  plenty  of  thrills 
prowling  among  the  red  gorges,  gloomy  passageways  and  grotesque 
monuments.  I  found  a  registry  book  down  in  the  canyon  and 
signed  my  name  next  that  of  T.  Watson  of  Belfast,  Ireland.  While 
I  was  getting  a  picture  of  a  great,  cathedral-like  aisle,  my  feet  went 
out  from  under  me  and  I  ripped  an  eighth-inch  hole  in  one  trouser 
leg  before  I  brought  up  against  a  jutting  rock  down  the  slope.  The 
canyon  appears  to  be  carved  out  of  soft,  red  clay;  but  it  isn't. 

By  nine  o'clock  we  remembered  that  we  had  had  no  supper  the 
night  before,  so  we  left  the  canyon  and  headed  for  Panguitch  and 
breakfast,  twenty-six  miles  away.  At  ten-thirty,  feeling  much  better, 
we  pulled  out  for  Salt  Lake  City,  two  hundred  and  seventy-five 


1024  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

miles  to  the  northward.  At  the  Piute  Dam  we  picked  up  a  tack.  At 
Richfield  we  could  get  no  ice  cream,  so  we  drove  hurriedly  on  to 
Salina.  Here  we  saw  a  small  group  of  people  seated  in  chairs  on 
the  sidewalk  listening  to  a  radio  sermon.  On  the  other  side  of  the 
street  a  much  larger  crowd  was  following  the  progress  of  a  World's 
Series  game.     We  patronized  each  place  for  a  few  minutes. 

An  inventory  of  our  combined  financial  resources  showed  a 
credit  balance  of  fifty  cents.  We  debated  as  to  whether  we  should 
buy  gasoline  or  ice  cream.  The  affirmative,  upheld  by  two  small 
boys,  won  unanimously.  From  there  on  the  trip  was  without 
incident,  except  that  just  a  hundred  yards  south  of  the  first  service 
station  in  Salt  Lake  valley  the  car  ran  out  of  gas.  An  obliging 
station  attendant  came  running  and  helped  push  us  in.  He  filled  the 
tank,  recklessly  accepted  a  check,  and  our  four-day  trip  in  the  golden 
days  of  autumn  was  over. 


My  Homeland 

Oh,  take  me  back  to  Utah 

Where  I   can   in  peace  abide, 
Away  from  strife,  and  quakes,  and  storms, 

And  angry  rushing  tides. 
Let  me  see  again  the  canyons  grand 

Where  the   "purest  streamlets"   flow, 
And  taste  the  waters,  clear  and  sweet, 

Just  off  the  glistening  snow. 
Let  me  see  again  my  mountain  home 

And   camp  beside   the  streams, 
And  live  again  the  olden  times. 

As  were  pictured  in  my  dreams. 
I  want  to  stroll  on  hillsides  there 

Where    the    purest   breezes   blow, 
And  gather  again   the  mountain   flowers 

Where   the   sego   lillies   grow. 
And  with  the  splendor  of  setting  sun. 

Will   my   eyes   again   be  blest, 
*\s  it  sinks  beneath  the  inland  sea 

In  a  halo  of  perfect  rest. 
Then,  when  I  take  my  last,   long  stroll, 

To  my  final  place  of  rest, 
Let  it  be  upon  the  hillside  there, 

To  be  numbered  with  the  blest. 


R.    C.    SAVAGE 


Turning  the  Washington  Monument 
Inside  Out 

By  Robert  Sparks  Walker 

LANDING  at  the  base  of  the 
Washington  Monument 
on  a  hot  morning  in  Aug- 
ust, I  thought  my  visit  was 
surely  ruined  upon  learning  that 
the  elevator  was  temporarily  out 
of  business,  and  that  to  reach  the 
top  I  would  have  to  go  on  foot. 
However,  being  accustomed 
to  hiking  on  level  ground,  also  to 
climbing  mountains,  I  set  out  on 
this  task  with  kodak  and  coat 
under  my  arm.  But  misfortunes 
nearly  always  have  their  com- 
pensations. I  knew  that  at  each 
landing  were  memorial  stones, 
presented  by  various  states  and 
organizations,  for  I  had  on  pre- 
vious trips  curiously  peeped 
from  the  moving  elevator,  and 
caught  sight  of  them  here  and 
there  as  we  moved  slowly  up  or 
down.  But  they  meant  little  to  me,  because  I  had  had  no  oppor- 
tunity of  reading  and  studying  them  carefully. 

Before  reaching  the  thirtieth-foot  landing,  I  saw  that  this 
monument  was  like  a  well  filled  nut,  and  that  the  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  people  who  visit  it  annually  are  passing  the  kernels  by 
unnoticed;  and  I  made  up  my  mind  to  turn  this  huge  structure 
inside  out  as  a  penalty  for  being  forced  to  ascend  it  on  foot  on 
a  very  hot  summer  day. 

On  the  30th-foot  landing  are  seven  memorial  stones.  The 
first,  inscribed  "Maine,"  I  thought  is  very  fitting,  since  Maine  is 
our  remotest  northeastern  state.  Delaware  comes  second  with  this 
inscription,  "First  to  Adopt.  Will  Be  the  Last  to  Desert  the  Con- 
stitution, 1849."  Arkansas  claims  the  third,  and  the  fourth  is  a 
contribution  from  the  Little  Falls  Quarry  of  D.  C.     The  fifth  was 


The  Washington  Monument 


1026  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

presented  by  the  Franklin  Fire  Co.,  of  Washington,  D.  C,  with 
this  slogan  inscribed,  "We  strive  to  save."  A  good  motto  for 
every  American!  The  sixth  was  presented  by  the  National  Greys, 
of  Washington,  D.  C,  while  the  seventh  says:  "Presented  by  George 
Watterston,  Secretary  Washington  National  Monument  Society,  as 
a  testimonial  of  His  Gratitude  and  Veneration,  A.  D.   1849." 

By  this  time,  I  was  deeply  interested,  for,  while  enjoying  the 
great  outdoors  we  find  sermons  in  running  brooks,  in  trees  and 
stones,  here  were  sermons  literally  carved  in  stone  by  the  hands  of 
men. 

At  the  40th  landing,  stone  No.  1  is  inscribed,  "Nashville, 
Tennessee."  That  stone  attracted  my  attention,  for  it  came  from 
the  capital  of  my  home  state.  No.  2  is  credited  to  the  state  of 
Louisiana  with  this  declaration,  "Ever  faithful  to  the  Constitution 
and  the  Union."  No.  3,  from  Alabama,  says,  "A  Union  of  Equality 
Adjusted  by  the  Constitution."  No.  4  was  presented  by  the  Ger- 
man Benevolent  Society  of  Washington,  D.  C,  with  this  tribute, 
"As  a  memento  of  the  veneration  of  its  members  for  the  'Father 
of  his  country.'  "  No.  5,  from  the  Association  of  Journeymen  Stone 
Cutters  of  Philadelphia,  "United  We  Stand."  No.  6  was  presented 
by  the  Columbia  Typographical  Society,  "As  a  memento  of  the 
veneration  of  its  members  for  the  'Father  of  his  country.'  ' 

On  the  50th-foot  landing:  No.  1,  from  Indiana,  says,  "Knows 
No  North,  No  South,  Nothing  but  the  Union."  No.  2,  "State  of 
Georgia.  The  Union  as  it  was.  The  Constitution  as  it  is."  No.  3, 
from  Illinois,  declares,  "State  Sovereignity,  National  Union."  No. 
4  is  from  the  Washington  Naval  Lodge,  No.  5  from  the  Grand 
Lodge  of  Masons,  D.  C,  "Our  Brother  George  Washington."  No. 
6  represents  the  Washington  Light  Infantry. 

The  60th-foot  landing  has  a  stone  from  South  Carolina,  one 
from  New  Hampshire,  one  from  Florida,  and  one  from  West- 
moreland county,  Virginia,  inscribed,  "The  Birth  Place  of  Wash- 
ington." The  fifth  stone,  from  the  I.  O.  O.  F.  Grand  Lodge  of  the 
Odd  Fellows  of  the  state  of  N.  J.,  has  this  inspiring  motto,  "We 
command  you  to  visit  the  sick,  relieve  the  distressed,  bury  the  dead, 
and  educate  the  orphans."  The  sixth  stone  is  inscribed,  "Presented 
by  Anacostia  Tribe,  No.  3,  I.  O.  R.  M.,  D.  C,  on  the  3rd  Sun 
of  the  3  x  7  Suns  Worm  Moon  G.  S.  5610." 

The  70th-foot  landing  has  a  stone  from  New  Jersey,  one  from 
Massachussetts,  one  from  Connecticut,  one  from  "Grand  Di- 
vision, S.  T.,  North  Carolina.  Love,  Purity,  Fidelity,"  one  from 
the    "United    Sons    of    America,    Pennsylvania,"    and    a    stone 


TURNING  THE   WASHINGTON   MONUMENT   INSIDE  OUT       1027 

from  the  Grand  Divisions,  Sons  of  Temperance,  State  of  Virginia, 
]  850,  "Hand  in  hand.     Union." 

No.  1  on  the  80th-foot  landing  says,  "Virginia  Who  Gave 
Washington  to  America  Gives  this  Granite  for  His  Monument." 
No.  2,  "The  City  of  Washington  to  Its  Founder."  No.  3,  "Mary- 
land. The  Memorial  of  Her  Regard  for  the  Father  of  His  Country 
and  of  Her  Cordial,  Habitual  and  Immovable  Attachment  to  the 
American  Union."  The  fourth  stone  is  from  the  Invincible  Fire  Co., 
Cincinnati,  O.,  the  fifth  from  "R.  W.  Grand  Lodge  of  I.  O.  O.  F., 
Indiana.  In  God  We  Trust,  Constitutional  Liberty,  F.  L.  T.  The 
Earth  for  Its  Domain  and  Eternity  for  Its  Duration."  The  sixth 
stone  says,  "To  George  Washington  by  the  Maryland  Pilgrims  As- 
sociation.    Organized,  Balto,  1847." 

On  the  90th-foot  landing,  the  first  stone  I  read  bore  this  in- 
scription: "The  Tribute  of  Missouri  to  the  Memory  of  Washington 
and  a  Pledge  of  Her  Fidelity  to  the  Union  of  the  States."  Another 
stone  says,  "The  State  of  Ohio.  The  Memory  of  Washington  and 
the  Union  of  the  States.  Sunte  Perpetua."  A  third  one  reads,  "The 
State  of  Mississippi  to  the  Father  of  His  Country,  A.  D.  1850."  The 
fourth  stone  is  from  Little  Rock.  Arkansas.  The  fifth  from  the  Odd 
Fellows  of  Ohio,  and  the  sixth  is  from  the  Mechanics  of  Raleigh, 
N.  C. 

On  the  lOOth-foot  landing,  Wisconsin  claims  the  first  stone 
met,  while  North  Carolina  has  one  inscribed,  "Declaration  of  In- 
dependence. Mecklenburg,  May,  1775.  'Constitution.'  "  The  third 
says,  "  'Hope,  Rhode  Island.'  '  The  Grand  Lodge,  I.  O.  O.  F.  of 
Virginia  has  one,  and  the  fifth  one  is  inscribed,  "From  the  home  of 
Knox  by  citizens  of  Thomaston,  Maine,"  while  the  sixth  stone  is 
inscribed,  "To  the  Father  of  His  Country.  Presented  by  the  Inde- 
pendent Order  of  United  Brothers  of  the  State  of  Maryland,  A.  D. 
1851." 

On  the  HOth-foot  landing  the  first  stone  reads,  "Nov.  12, 
1 852.  From  the  Postmasters  and  Assistant  Postmasters  of  the  State 
of  Indiana.  Dedicated  to  the  Washington  Monument,  Washington. 
May  His  Principles  be  Distributed  Broadcast  Over  the  Land."  Iowa 
certainly  had  a  Psalmist,  for  the  second  stone  is  inscribed,  "Iowa.  Her 
Affections,  Like  the  Rivers  of  Her  Borders,  flow  to  an  Inseparable 
Union."  The  Grand  Lodge  of  Free  and  Accepted  Masons  of  the 
State  of  New  York  is  credited  with  a  stone,  and  the  fourth  one  reads, 
"By  the  Grand  Lodge  of  Kentucky  to  the  Memory  of  Washington, 
the  Christian  Mason."  No.  5  simply  says,  "Peter  Force."  The  sixth 
stone  is  from  the  Grand  Lodge  of  Ohio. 

On  the  120th-foot  landing  the  first  stone  encountered  reads, 


1028  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"From  the  City  of  Frederick,  Md."  The  next,  from  California, 
makes  pleasing  reading:  "California,  Youngest  Sister  of  the  Union, 
Brings  Her  Golden  Tribute  to  the  Memory  of  Its  Father."  The  third 
stone  is  from  "The  City  of  Roxbury,  Mass.  The  birthplace  of  Gen. 
Joseph  Warren."  The  fourth  is  from  "S.  of  T.  R.  I.,"  whatever  that 
means.  The  fifth  stone  is  from  various  I.  O.  of  O.  F.  Lodges,  Ger- 
mantown,  Pa.,  and  the  sixth  stone  is  from  "Patmos  Lodge  No.  20, 
iMasons,  Ellicott  Mills,  Md." 

The  130th-foot  landing  has  first  stone  credited  to  "I.  O.  O.  F., 
Mass."  The  second  stone,  "American  Whig  Society,  College  of  N.  J., 
Princeton.  A  tribute  to  Washington."  The  third  stone,  "Corpora- 
tion of  the  City  of  New  York,  1852."  The  fourth  stone  is  from 
"American  Institute  of  the  City  of  New  York,"  the  fifth,  "Union 
Society,  Hillsborough,  N.  C,"  the  sixth  from  the  Sons  of  Temper- 
ance, State  of  Connecticut.  The  seventh  stone  reads,  "From  the 
Alumni  of  Washington  College,  at  Lexington,  Va.  The  Only  College 
Endowed  by  the  Father  of  His  Country."  Another  stone  is  inscribed, 
"Oakland  College,  Miss.,  1851."  The  ninth  stone  is  from  the  Masons 
of  Maryland,  the  tenth  from  Washington  Lodge,  of  the  City  of  New 
York.  Another  bears  the  inscription,  "Durham,  New  Hampshire." 
The  twelfth  stone  is  from  "Mount  Lebanon  Lodge  No.  226,  A.  Y. 
M.,  Lebanon,  Pa." 

The  first  stone  on  the  140th-foot  landing  is  from  D.  O. 
Hitner's  Quarry,  Norristown,  Pa.,  the  second  from  the  Grand  Lodge 
of  Masons  of  the  State  of  Alabama.  No.  3  may  be  regarded  as  a 
prayer  by  the  City  of  Baltimore:  "May  Heaven  To  This  Union 
Continue  Its  Benificence;  May  brotherly  affection  with  union  be 
perpetual;  May  the  Free  Constitution  which  is  the  work  of  our  an- 
cestors be  sacredly  maintained,  and  its  administration  be  stamped 
with  wisdom  and  with  virtue."  The  next  stone  is  engraved, 
"Prosunt  Omnibus.  Grand  Lodge  of  Georgia."  Number  5  is  from 
New  York,  presented  by  Masterton  and  Smith,  of  Westchester 
county.  The  sixth  stone  is  from  "Masonic  Grand  Lodge,  of  111., 
1853."  Number  7  is  inscribed,  "From  Fort  Greene,  Battle  Ground 
of  Long  Island.  A  Tribute  from  the  Ft.  Greene  Guard  of  Brooklyn, 
1854."  Number  8  reads,  "From  Otter's  Summit,  Virginia's  loft- 
iest peak,  to  crown  a  monument  to  Virginia's  noblest  son."  Num- 
ber 9  is  from  Co.  I,  4th  Regiment  Infantry,  U.  S.  A.  Number  10 
contains  the  names  of  seven  men  of  the  Engineers  2nd  Division, 
James  River  and  Kano  Canal. 

The  first  stone  on  the  160-foot  landing  is  from  the  Lafayette 
Lodge,  F.  A.  M.,  New  York  City;  the  next  stone,  "Warren,  R.  I. 
Hope."  Number  3  is  from  the  Athenian  Lodge,  I.  O.  O.  F.,  Troy, 
N.  Y.,  the  next  from  Newark,  N.  J.,  while  number  5  is  simply  en- 


TURNING  THE   WASHINGTON   MONUMENT   INSIDE  OUT       1029 

graved,  "New  York,  'Excelsior.'  '  Number  6  was  presented  by  the 
Eureka  Lodge,  I.  O.  O.  F.,  City  of  New  York. 

Washington  Lodge,  of  F.  and  A.  M.,  Roxbury,  Mass.,  claims 
the  first  memorial  stone  on  the  170th-foot  landing;  New  Bedford, 
Mass.,  the  next;  while  number  3  reads,  "Charlestown.  The  Bunker 
Hill  Battle  Ground."  The  next  is  from  Salem,  Mass.  Number  5, 
reads,  "Sicut  Patribus  Sit  Deus  Nobis.  Civitatis  Regimine  Donata 
A.  D.  1822.  Bostonia.  Condita.  A.  D.  1630."  Vermont  claims 
the  last,  emphasizing  "Freedom  and  Unity." 

The  first  stone  on  the  180th-foot  landing,  from  the  I.  O.  of 
O.  F.,  of  the  city  and  county  of  Philadelphia,  closes  with,  "in  Com- 
memoration of  the  Devoted  Patriotism,  the  exalted  virtue  and  the 
illustrious  deeds  of  him  whose  memory  is  an  adamantine  link  in  the 
National  Union."  Stone  2  says,  "The  Surest  safeguard  of  the 
liberty  of  our  country  is  total  abstinence  from  all  that  intoxicates. 
Sons  of  Temperance  of  Pennsylvania."  The  3rd  stone  is  from  the 
Grand  Lodge  of  Penn.,  A.  Y.  M.  Number  4  is  inscribed,  "Declara- 
tion of  Independence,  Philadelphia,  July  4th,  1776.  Corporation  of 
the  City  of  Philadelphia."  The  fifth  stone  is  thus  voiced:  "  'Liberty, 
Independence,  Virtue,'  Pennsylvania.  Founded  1681.  By  Deeds  of 
Peace." 

Foreign  admirers  of  George  Washington  took  possession  of  the 
190th-foot  landing  as  follows:  "Presented  by  the  Governor  and 
Commune  of  the  Islands  of  Paros  and  Naxos,  Grecian  Archipelago, 
Aug.  13th,  1855."  The  second  stone  is  carved,  "Turkey;"  No.  3, 
"Bremen;"  No.  4,  "Brazil,  1878;"  5.  "Siam;"  6.  "Greece;" 
7,  "To  the  Memory  of  Washington.  The  Free  Swiss  Confedera- 
tion.    MDCCCLII." 

West  Virginia  donated  the  first  stone  with  this  inscription  for 
the  200th-foot  landing:  "Tuum  Nos  Sumus  Monumentum;"  Rich- 
mond, Virginia  the  second,  and  the  St.  John's  Lodge,  F.  A.  M.,  Rich- 
mond, Va.,  the  third.  No.  4  from  theG.  L.  of  the  U.  S.,  1852,  gives 
a  command  about  visiting  the  sick,  burying  the  dead,  etc.  No.  5 
is  from  the  Grand  Lodge  of  Md.,  I.  O.  O.  F.,  and  No.  6  is  from  the 
Masonic  Lodge  of  Virginia,  closing  with,  "Lo!  she  gave  to  this 
Republic  the  chief  corner  stone."  The  givers  of  number  7,  were 
they  alive  today,  would  soon  find  themselves  in  the  toils  of  the 
law  if  they  violated  the  pledge  they  made  on  their  gift;  viz:  "From 
the  Templars  of  Honor  and  Temperance.  Organized  Dec.  5,  1845. 
'Truth,  Love,  Purity,  and  Fidelity.'  Our  Pledge:  'We  will  not 
make,  buy,  sell  or  use  as  a  beverage  any  spiritous  or  malt  liquors, 
wine,  cider,  or  any  other  alcoholic  liquor,  and  will  discountenance 
their  manufacture,  traffic  and  use,  and  this  pledge  we  will  maintain 


1030 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


unto  the  end  of  life.     Supreme  Council  of  the  Templars  of  Honor 
and  Temperance,  1846." 

The  West  and  South  own  the  210th-foot  landing  memorial 
stones.  The  first  one  encountered  heralds,  "Kansas.  Kansas  Ter- 
ritory. Organized  May  30,  1851.  State  admitted  January  29, 
1861."  The  Grand  Lodge  of  Ancient  Free  Masons  of  the  State  of 
Arkansas  give  number  2,  and  number  3  was  donated  by  the  Grand 
Lodge  of  the  State  of  Miss.  Number  4  is  from  "I.  O.  O.  F.  Grand 
on  behalf  of  the  Sons  of  Temperance  of  Illinois,  Jan.  1,  1855,"  while 
the  Grand  Division  of  Ohio  Sons  of  Temperance  contributed  the 
next  stone.  No.  7  is  inscribed,  "Michigan.  An  emblem  of  her  trust 
in  the  Union."  The  last  stone,  number  8.  is  from  the  Grand  Lodge, 
A.  F.  and  A.  M.,  of  Iowa,  1876. 


mB  i  %-♦ 

i 

Wjtutyti 

h  A^L^I 

The  Potomac  river,  the  Lincoln  Memorial  and  the  reflecting  Pool,  as  seen  from  the 
top  of  the  Washington  Monument 


Having  been  born  in  the  old  Cherokee  country  in  the  South 
and  in  a  wooden  building  whose  logs  were  hewn  out  by  Cherokees, 
I  paid  considerable  attention  to  the  first  stone  on  the  220th-foot 
landing;  viz:  "Cherokee  Nation,  1850."  Wonderful,  that  a  na- 
tion of  savage  Indians  had  advanced  in  so  short  a  time  that  they 
appreciated  the  character  and  patriotism  of  George  Washington.  The 
next  stone  came  from  the  State  of  Oregon.  No.  3  states,  "Montana. 
'Oro  y  Plata.' '''  Minnesota  gave  the  next,  and  the  fifth  is  inscribed, 
"Holiness  to  the  Lord.  Deseret.  (Utah)."  The  next  stone  says, 
"Tribute  from  Wyoming  Territory.  To  the  Memory  of  Him  Who 
By  Universal  Consent  Was  Chief  Among  the  Founders  of  the  Re- 


TURNING  THE   WASHINGTON   MONUMENT   INSIDE   OUT       1  CHI 

public."  The  next  is  a  Japanese  Memorial  Stone,  and  the  eighth  is 
a  Chinese  Memorial  Stone,  while  Nebraska  claims  the  next,  adding, 
"Equality  Before  the  Law."  Number  10  reads,  "All  for  our  coun- 
try.    Nevada,  1881." 

At  the  230th-foot  landing  I  made  two  rich  discoveries,  and 
here  I  rested  for  a  long  time.  The  first  stone  came  from  my  native 
state  and  is  engraved,  "Tennessee.  The  Federal  Union,  it  must  be  pre- 
served." The  next  stone  came  from  the  Grand  Lodge  of  the  State  of 
Florida,  and  memorial  stone  number  3  from  Hawkins  county,  Tenn. 
Number  4  is  inscribed,  "Georgia  Convention,  1850,  'Wisdom,  Jus- 
tice, Moderation.'  "  The  next  stone  is  patriotic  in  its  declaration: 
"Under  the  auspices  of  Heaven  and  the  Precepts  of  Washington, 
Kentucky  will  be  the  last  to  give  up  the  Union.  'United  we  stand, 
Divided  we  fall.'  M.  Pruden,  1851."  The  sixth  stone,  from  the 
Grand  Lodge  of  I.  O.  O.  F.,  of  Kentucky,  says,  "In  Union  There 
is  Strength." 

The  first  stone  my  eyes  met  on  the  240th-foot  landing  was 
inscribed,  "Presented  by  the  United  American  Mechanics,  Pa."  The 
next  stone  has  this  inscription,  "Presented  by  the  Association  of 
the  Oldest  Inhabitants  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  July  4th,  1 870." 
Stone  number  3  reads.  "Wales.  Fy  Iatth,  Fy  Negivlad,  Fy  nghenedl. 
Cyrnry  am  byth."  The  next  stone  from  Braddock's  Field  bore  an 
inscription  far  more  easily  understood  than  the  one  that  preceded  it. 
Stone  number  5  is  from  the  Battle  Ground,  Long  Island,  and  the 
next  one  is  from  the  Improved  Order  of  Red  Men,  of  D.  C.  The 
next  stone  has  this  inscription,  "The  General  Assembly  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America  in  session  in 
Washington  City,  May,  1852."  The  8th  and  last  stone  on  this 
floor  says,  "American  Medical  Association.  Instituted  MDCCC- 
XLVII.     Vincit  Amor  Patriae."  *""""— 

The  250th-foot  landing  starts  out  with  this  inscribed  stone: 
"The  Young  Men's  Mercantile  Library  Association  of  Cincinnati. 
Organized  A.  D.  1805.  A.  D.  1853.  2,400  members.  Proud  to 
honor  Washington,  Contributes  its  humble  quota  to  the  swelling 
tide  of  National  Gratitude.  Ohio — First  born  of  the  ordinance  of 
'87.  Every  pulsation  of  the  heart  beats  high,  beats  strong,  for  liberty 
and  the  Union."  The  next  stone  is  a  tribute  from  the  teachers  of 
the  Buffalo  public  schools,  and  the  third  stone  is  from  the  women  of 
Lowell,  Mass.  The  next  stone  was  presented  by  the  proprietors 
of  the  Cincinnati  Commercial,  1850.  The  fifth  stone  was  a  gift 
from  the  citizens  of  Stockton,  Calif.,  while  the  sixth  came  from 
the  citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America  who  were  at  that  time 
residing  in  Foo  Chow  Foo,  China.  The  next  stone  lists  the  names 
of  the  Engine,  Hose,  and  Hook-and-Ladder  Companies  of  Phila- 


1032  IMPROVEMENT     ERA 

delphia,  and  stone  number  8  is  from  the  Fire  Department  of  Phila- 
delphia, 1854.  Number  9  is  also  a  gift  from  a  Fire  and  Hose  Com- 
pany. The  tenth  stone  has  this  inscription:  "Washington,  N.  C, 
Thalian  Association." 

The  first  memorial  stone  on  the  260th-foot  landing  stares  at 
you  with  this  inscription:  "Cincinnati  Company.  Our  War  is 
With  the  Elements."  The  pupils  of  the  public  schools  of  the  city 
of  Baltimore  contributed  stone  number  2,  while  the  third  discloses 
this  fact:  "Washington  Erina  Guard,  Newark,  N.  J."  Number 
4  came  from  a  Sunday  School  and  bears  this  information:  "From 
the  Sabbath  School  Children  of  the  Methodist  E.  Church  in  the 
city  and  districts  of  Philadelphia.  4th  July,  1853.  A  preached 
Gospel.  A  Free  Press.  Washington — We  revere  his  memory. 
Search  the  Scriptures.  Suffer  little  children  to  come  unto  me  and 
forbid  them  not  for  of  such  is  the  Kingdom  of  God. — Luke  xviii:  16. 
Train  up  a  child  in  the  way  he  should  go,  and  when  he  is  old,  he 
will  not  depart  from  it. — Prov.  xxii:6-5."  The  next  stone  is  from 
the  Fire  Department  of  the  City  of  New  York,  and  number  6  tells 
its  own  story:  "The  memory  of  the  Just  is  Blessed. — Prov.  10:7. 
Presented  by  the  children  of  the  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  in  the  City  of  New  York,  Feb.  22,  1855."  The 
seventh  stone  came  from  the  sons  of  New  England  living  in  Canada. 

The  Jefferson  Society  of  the  University  of  Virginia  donated 
the  first  stone  on  the  270th-foot  landing.  The  next  stone  is  in- 
scribed: "From  the  Home  of  Stark.  By  the  ladies  of  Manchester, 
N.  H."  The  next  stone  came  from  the  employees  of  R.  Norris  & 
Son,  Locomotive  Works,  Philadelphia.  No.  4  came  from  the  Con- 
tinental Guard  of  New  Orleans,  La.,  giving  names  of  163  persons, 
and  stating  that  the  Guard  was  organized  Feb.  22,  1855.  The 
next  stone  came  from  the  Cliosophic  Society,  Nassau  Hall,  N.  J.,  and 
the  last  stone  "from  the  Alexandrian  Library  in  Egypt,  brought  to 
this  country  by  G.  C.  Baker." 

Action  and  inaction  are  suggested  by  the  first  stone  on  the 
280th-foot  landing  as  follows:  "  'All  that  live  must  die.'  A  tribute 
of  respect  from  the  Ladies  and  Gentlemen  of  the  Dramatic  Pro- 
fession of  America,  1853!"  The  next  stone  came  as  a  gift  from  the 
Class  of  1853-54  of  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia. 
Stone  number  3  is  inscribed:  "From  the  Citizens  of  Alexandria, 
Va.  The  Descendants  of  the  Friends  and  Neighbors  of  Washington. 
1851."  The  next  stone  came  from  the  Hibernian  Society  of  Balti- 
more, and  lists  its  officers  and  committee.  The  fifth  stone  reads, 
"To  Washington,  An  Humble  Tribute  from  Two  Disciples  of 
Daguerre."  The  next  stone  was  a  gift  of  the  First  Regiment  of  Light 
Infantry,  Mass.,  Vol.  Militia,  Boston.     The  seventh  stone  came 


TURNING  THE  WASHINGTON  MONUMENT  INSIDE  OUT        1033 

from  Honesdale,  Pa.,  and  the  eighth  is  inscribed,  "To  the 
Father  of  His  Country.  The  Addison  Literary  Society  of  the  West- 
ern Military  Institute,  Brennon,  Kentucky.  Non  nobis  solum,  sed 
patriae  et  amicis." 

Three  states  contributed  three  stones  on  the  290th-foot  land- 
ing, as  follows:  Oklahoma,  1907;  Colorado,  1876;  Texas,  1845. 
While  on  the  300th-foot  landing  South  Dakota  has  her  name  en- 
graved in  a  stone,  and  the  State  of  Washington  on  the  310th-foot 
landing.  On  the  320th,  Arizona  is  mentioned,  and  the  330th  an- 
nounces "Top  of  Statue  on  Capitol,"  meaning  that  this  lettering 
is  at  the  same  height  as  the  top  of  the  statue  on  the  national  Capitol 
building. 

When  I  had  finished  reading  the  inscriptions,  I  had  forgotten 
heat  and  perspiration,  and  rejoiced  that  the  elevator  was  out  of 
commission,  for  its  lameness  forced  me  to  do  that  which  haste  might 
otherwise  have  caused  me  to  ignore. 

Doubtless  if  the  Father  of  His  Country  could  visit  this  great 
structure  the  feature  which  he  would  find  most  interesting  would 
be  the  inscriptions  on  the  memorial  stones  which  comparatively  few 
visitors  ever  see. 


The  Common  Walks  of  Life 

Few  souls  who  would  not  scale  the  height 

For  Love's  eternal  sake, 
And  few  who  would  not  die  for  right 

Where  honor  is  at  stake. 

For  flag  and  countrymen  will  bleed 

And  drain  the  dregs  of  shame, 
The  zealot  for  his  frenzied  creed 

Will  wade  through  tongues  of  flame. 

But  in  the  common  walks  of  life, 

Where  common  things  assail, 
Mid  homely  tasks  and  petty  strife — 

Tis  there  where  mortals  fail. 

Who  curbs  his  wrath  and  guards  his  tongue, 

Has  more  than  legions  tamed — 
Is  zealot,  patriot  unsung, 

And  a  victor  unacclaimed! 

Mesa,  Arizona  BERTHA   A.   Kl.EINMAN 


Native  Plants  as  Friends  and  Foes 

(Second  Article) 

By  J.  H.  Paul,  Professor  of  Natural  Science  at  the 
University  of  Utah 

IT  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  semi-arid  West  has  an  unusual 
number  and  variety  of  both  medicinal  and  poisonous  plants. 
This  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  prevailing  juice  or  secre- 
tion of  any  plant  is  more  concentrated  from  evaporation  in  the 
West  than  in  the  moist  regions.  Plants  breathe  through  their  leaves 
and  also  transpire  moisture  from  them.  The  small  leaf  surface  of 
desert  plants  is  the  method  nature  takes  of  lessening  evaporation. 
According  to  the  use  that  may  be  made  of  it,  a  plant  may  be  re- 
garded as  either  a  medicine  or  a  poisonous  species.  The  following 
list  comprises  our  best  known  and  most  common  plants  that  are 
known  to  be  poisonous.  Western  scouts  should  be  able  to  find  at 
least  ten  of  them  for  this  remarkable  plant  project. 

VIII.     Find,  collect,  and  present  any  ten  of  the  following: 


Name 

Poison  Ivy. 
Rhus  Rydbergii. 
Poison  Hemlock. 
Cicuta  occidentalis. 

Stinging  Nettle. 

Urtica  dioica. 

Twinberry  Honeysuckle. 

Lonicera   involucrata. 

Baneberry. 

Actaea  arguta-White; 

Actaea  rubra-Red. 

Larkspurs. 

Delphinium. 

Silky  Lupine. 

Lupinus. 

sVoolly  Loco. 

Astragalus 

Death  Camass. 

Zygadenus  elegans. 

Poison  Sego. 

Zygadenus    paniculatus. 

Water  Parsnip. 


Western  Poisonous  Plants 
Identification  Marks 

Low  shrub;  large  leaves  in  3's; 
red  in  autumn. 

Tall:    by   streams;    stems   pur- 
plish: leaves  compound,  fls.  in 
clusters. 
Like  tall  catnip;   no  blossoms. 

Canyon  shrub;  black  berries  in 
red  bracts. 

Canyon    herb;     elegant,     large 
compound  leaves;  red  or  white 
berries  in  upright  clusters. 
Blue  fls.  with  one  spur;  deep- 
ly cut  leaves. 

Blue  or  white  pea   fls. ;   leaves 
digitate. 

Low,    silky    herb;    bluish    pea 
flower;   finger-like  lvs. 
Long,    grass-like   leaves;    small 
whitish  lilies. 

Stout  leaves  in  fountain  form; 
greenish  fls.;  bulb. 
Tall;  leaves  compound;  fls.,  in 


How  Poisonous 

To  touch. 
Low  canyons. 
Root  if  eaten. 
In  marshes. 

To  touch. 

Everywhere. 

Berries. 

Canyons. 

Fruit. 

Canyons,  in  shade. 

To  sheep. 

Hills,  mountains. 

To  sheep. 

Mountains. 

To  sheep. 

Mountains,  plains. 

To  sheep. 

High  mountains. 

Bulb  if  eaten. 

Hills. 

Roots  if  eaten. 


NATIVE    PLANTS    AS    FRIENDS    AND    FOES 


1035 


Name 

Sium  cicutaefolium. 
Wild  Parsnip. 
Pastinaca  sativa. 
Western  Coneflower. 
Rudbeckia  occidentalis. 
Saw-toothed  Sneezeweed. 
Senecio  serra. 
Throughout  our  mts. 
Lobe-leaf  Sneezeweeds. 
Senecio  Species. 
Unarmed  Ragweed. 
Arbrosia  artemaesifolia. 

Armed  Ragweed. 
Amb.  psylostachya. 


Identification  Marks 

white  umbels. 

Like  cultivated  parsnip. 

Large  ovate  leaves:  f Is.  in  black 
cones;  no  ray  fls. 
Tall;   many  fls..    in  heads  like 
small  sunfls.     Leaves  with  saw- 
toothed  edges. 

Smaller;   leaves  rounded,   upper 
lobed  or  parted. 
Low    herb;    leaves    much    cut, 
hairy;  fls,  a  spike  of  small,  in- 
verted helmets. 

Less    hairy,     less    leafy;    stems 
dark  green,   contain  red  dye. 


How  Poisonous 

In   marshes,    rivers. 
Roots,  if  eaten. 

To     breathe      the     pollen 
gives  hay   fever. 
Man    and    beast    get    hay 
fever  from  breathing  pol- 
len of  Senecio. 
Pollen  causes  hay  fever. 

Perhaps     the     worst     hay 
fever    weed;     common    in 
valleys;   "bitterweed." 
Hay  fever.     The  fruits  arc 
burs. 


Golden-rod,  Helenium.  and  other  Compositae.  such  as  the  common  sunflower, 
many  of  the  grasses,  also  elms  and  other  trees  that  are  wind  pollinated,  roses  and  other 
fragrant  flowers,  have  been  known  to  cause  or  to  aggravate  hay  fever;  the  heat  and 
dust  of  towns,  trains,  and  unpaved  roads  may  induce  or  intensify  the  malady.  The 
remedy  is  to  get  rid  of  ragweeds,  avoid  the  others,  and  go  into  cool  places,  preferably 
the  mountains,   in  summer. 

Campers'   and  Hikers'  Plagues 

Every  long-established  campsite  now  used  by  hikers,  scouts,  or 
outing  parties  is  today  infested  by  from  five  to  ten  terrific  plant 
nuisances — some  ten  kinds  of  prickly,  bristly,  irritating  torments, 
which  should  immediately  be  gotten  rid  of.  There  is  no  way  of 
avoiding  these  exasperating  prickly  weeds  except  by  keeping  one's 
feet  within  the  beaten  trail,  which  is  often  dusty,  worn,  rocky,  and 
uneven.  Step  outside  of  that  dusty  streak,  and  you  must  meet  the 
torture  of  grassy  needles,  burs,  prickles,  stings,  and  hay-fever  dust, 
which  severally  and  collectively  mar  the  exhilaration  of  a  tramp 
among  the  hills.  About  certain  camps  the  native  covering  of  herbs 
and  grasses  has  been  well-nigh  exterminated.  From  careless  fires, 
clearings,  travel,  bedding  places  of  stock,  and  other  forms  of  destruc- 
tion, the  ground  has  been  cleared  and  thorns  and  thistles  have  come  in. 
Nature,  which  dislikes  bare  ground,  proceeds  to  cover  the  naked 
earth  with  whatever  she  has  at  hand — mostly  with  weeds  from  all 
nearby  places.  This  hasty  covering  preserves  the  soil  from  being 
swept  away  by  rain,  wind,  and  melting  snow. 

Cocklebur,  Burdock,  and  Sandbur 

Three  of  the  worst  species,  too  well  known,  are  burdock,  cockle- 
bur,  and  sandbur.  Little  description  need  be  given  of  them.  The 
two  latter  are  native,  but  burdock  was  imported  in  pioneer  days  as  a 


1036  IMPROVEMENT     ERA 

blood-purifier.  None  of  them  is  of  the  slightest  value  today,  and 
all  three  should  be  ruthlessly  destroyed.  Besides  being  nuisances, 
these  weeds  inflict  heavy  losses  on  flockmasters,  the  burs  clinging 
to  the  wool  of  sheep  and  lowering  the  price  of  the  product.  Cows' 
tails  are  often  completely  clotted  by  them;  and,  to  the  annoyance 
and  suffering  of  these  animals,  the  hair  of  woolly  dogs  and  even  the 
manes  of  horses  collect  the  wretched  burs  in  quantity.  By  catching 
in  the  stockings  and  other  clothing,  all  such  pests  lower  the  enjoy- 
ment of  out-door  rambles. 

Stickseed  and  Brome  Grass 

On  a  plant  with  rather  tall,  branching  stems  pretty  blue  forget- 
me-nots  in  spring  adorn  the  hillsides  near  most  Rocky  Mountain 
towns.  As  the  plants  go  to  seed,  little  burs  replace  the  numerous 
blossoms,  and  stand  ready  to  catch  upon  whatever  brushes  against 
them.  A  later-blooming  form  in  the  higher  mountains  grows  to 
three  or  four  feet  on  stems  slightly  branched  because  of  the  compe- 
tition there  of  other  forms  of  vegetation.  Then  there  is  a  many- 
stemmed  form  (Lappula  subecumbens)  that  lies  partly  on  the 
ground.  All  these,  easily  learned  at  sight  and  long  remembered  from 
the  annoyance  they  cause,  are  easy  to  pull  up,  being  shallow-rooted. 
The  writer  is  accustomed  to  clear  off  these  weeds  each  stopping  place 
during  a  hike.  As  the  weeds  are  pulled,  they  are  laid  in  straight 
piles;  the  flowers  or  prickles  pointing  one  way,  so  that,  even  if  the 
weeds  are  not  finally  burned,  they  cling  together  in  a  mass  and  are  not 
likely  to  spread  their  burs. 

Small  brome  grass,  usually  mis-called  June  grass  here,  is  a 
drooping,  one-sided  grass  about  a  foot  high,  one  kind  purplish  at 
first,  with  long  bristles  on  seeds  that  ripen  in  early  summer.  This 
dry  tinder  affords  any  spark  a  chance  to  start  a  fire.  Small  brome 
is  in  some  respects  our  worst  weed;  it  is  extending  everywhere,  is  of 
only  slight  use  as  forage,  while  it  spreads  and  multiplies  forest  fires. 
It  has  long,  spiny  stickers,  which  get  into  one's  stockings.  Brome 
grasses,  however,  seem  especially  liable  to  infestation  by  ergot — a 
black,  powdery  mass  of  fungus  that  grows  about  grass  seeds.  Small 
brome,  in  the  mountains,  seems  most  subject  to  this  smut — a  fact 
that  may  save  us  from  many  a  forest  fire. 

Horehound,  Thistle,  and  Stinging  Nettle 

Horehound,  cousin  to  the  catnip,  is  one  of  the  most  usual  signs 
of  over-grazing.  It  is  a  grayish,  woolly  herb  of  the  mint  family,  with 
oval,  saw-toothed  leaves,  opposite  on  rounded  stems.  Just  above 
each  leaf  is  a  cluster  of  small  whitish  flowers,  which  soon  become 
prickly  burs — the  prongs  of  the  dry  calyx.  In  recent  years,  the 
spread  of  two  pests,  stinging  nettle  and  tall  thistle,  is  noteworthy, 


NATIVE    PLANTS    AS    FRIENDS    AND    FOES  1037 

being  due  to  fires  or  over-grazing.  Extending  along  trails  to  many  of 
the  mountain  tops,  these  two  causes  of  tribulation  greatly  mar  the 
pleasure  of  mountain-climbing.  Nettle  is  tall,  straight,  about  four 
feet  high;  leaves  lance-shaped,  three  to  five  inches  long,  whitish 
below,  with  stems  lined  or  grooved.  The  plant  is  covered  with  short 
bristly  hairs  that  penetrate  and  sting  the  skin,  producing  blisters.  An 
interesting  feature  is  the  explosion  of  the  anther  shortly  after  sunrise 
The  stamens  hang  in  little  curls;  and  the  pollen  dust,  resembling  little 
puffs  of  smoke,  shoots  out  as  the  plants  are  warmed  in  the  morning 
sun. 

Thistles  need  little  description.  The  worst  thistle,  the  Ca- 
nadian, is  rare;  it  has  many  very  small  heads — Yi  inch — and  many 
spines.  The  pasture  and  the  mountain  species,  with  large  heads, 
are  everywhere  proceeding  to  cover  unoccupied  land.  They  are  stout 
herbs  from  3  to  6  feet  high,  with  sessile  leaves  having  prickly  teeth 
and  tips,  and  2-inch  heads  of  purplish  to  white  flowers.  There 
are  also  small  species,  a  few  with  yellow  flowers. 

In  high  mountain  parks,  over-grazing  or  fire  is  likely  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  the  large  Frazer's  gentians,  plants  four  to  five  feet  high, 
stout,  and  resembling  fields  of  small  corn.  These  spring  up  in  moist 
places  only,   and  are  not  necessarily  indications  of  denuded  land. 

In  high  places  also,  the  rosin  leaf,  or  Wyethia,  is  likely  to  cover 
bare  land.  Wyethias  of  several  species  are  often  mis-called  docks, 
which  are  plants  of  a  different  family.  Wyethias  are  liked  by 
horses  and  other  stock,  and  so  do  not  represent  an  entire  waste  as 
do  the  usual  plants  that  follow  over-grazing. 

CONEFLOWER,   RAGWEEDS,  KNOTWEEDS,  DOCKS 

Western  cone-flower,  "niggerhead,"  spreads  quickly  over  bare 
mountain  land.  Its  black  heads  of  small  massed  flowers  are  not 
accompanied  by  rays  of  the  sun-flower  sort  in  our  common  species. 
It  has  leaves  ovate,  pointed,  four  to  eight  inches  long,  mostly  smooth 
and  entire,  but  some  roughish  and  slightly  toothed.  In  moist  land 
from  Montana  to  Arizona,  a  species  with  all  the  leaves  cut  or  di- 
vided occurs;  eastward  is  another,  about  three  feet  high,  like  our 
common  species,  but  mostly  with  yellow  ray  flowers,  and  with 
rough,  bristly,  and  hairy  leaves.     Its  pollen  may  produce  hay  fever. 

Ragweeds  often  follow  over-grazing  on  hills  and  plains  of  mod- 
erate altitudes.  They  are  rough-hairy  plants,  their  fruiting  flowers 
hidden  singly  among  the  leaves;  the  stamen-bearing  flowers  in  long, 
slender,  pointed  clusters  at  the  tips  of  branches.  The  stamen  cups 
have  the  form  of  tiny  helmets  or  inverted  coal  scuttles.  These, 
inverted  to  shed  the  rain,  are  filled  with  pollen  dust — a  yellow 
powder  in  great  quantity.    The  leaves  are  lobed  and  cut  into  ragged 


1038  IMPROVEMENT     ERA 

divisions.  One  kind  has  unarmed,  smooth  little  nutlets  and  rather 
thick  leaves;  the  other  kind  is  armed  with  prickly  burs  and  has  leaves 
of  thinner  texture;  it  is  called  armed  ragweed.  Both  are  notorious 
as  hay-fever  weeds. 

Small  erect  knotweeds  thickly  cover  bare  land.  They  grow 
from  six  to  eight  inches  high,  have  oblong  leaves,  and  stems  covered 
with  papery  sheaths  at  the  joints,  similar  to  the  knotweed  that  lies 
flat  and  covers  garden  paths  in  the  valleys. 

Sour  docks  are  plants  that  resemble  and  are  related  to  the  culti- 
vated rhubarb.  They  have  large  leaves,  jointed  stems,  covered  with 
papery  sheaths,  and  masses  of  brown  triangular  seeds  at  the  top, 
sometimes  called  Indian  tobacco. 

Wild  Lettuce,  Squirrel-Tail,  Sand-Bur 

Prickly  lettuce  often  comes  up  in  great  abundance  on  bare 
land.  It  is  wild  lettuce,  the  compass  plant,  which,  in  growth, 
contrives  finally  to  turn  its  leaves  to  north  and  south.  It  has  a 
milky  juice  and  soft  spines  on  the  mid-rib. 

Squirrel-tail  grass  is  likely  to  be  one  of  the  most  frequent  new 
tenants  of  land  in  the  valleys  left  vacant.  Its  long,  penetrating 
needles,  forming  the  squirrel-tail  clusters  of  flowers  and  seeds,  are 
probably  known  to  nearly  everyone. 

Bur  grass,  or  sandbur,  is  a  creeping  grass  of  warm  and  mostly 
sandy  soils.  Its  spikelets  of  one  to  three  grass  flowers  are  inclosed 
in  a  spiny  bur  that  forms  the  involucre.  The  burs  readily  drop  from 
the  stem,  thus  making  it  one  of  the  most  troublesome  plants  we  have. 
Its  scientific  name,  Cenchrus  tribuloides,  indicates  its  nature  as  a 
special  tormenter  of  bare-footed  children. 

What  Can  We  Do  About  It? 

Unless  the  area  is  in  the  mountains,  the  presence  of  any  of  the 
plants  that  indicate  over-grazing  is  not  proof  that  the  land  has 
been  fire-swept  or  over-grazed;  but  their  abundance  in  the  moun- 
tains is  clear  evidence  of  over-grazing  or  other  abuse  of  the  land. 
People  in  the  valley  below  can  hardly  maintain  that  they  have  not 
abused,  or  permitted  the  abuse  of,  the  land  that  is  covered  by  plants 
that  indicate  over-grazing  or  fire.  In  the  valleys  the  abandonment 
of  any  land  that  has  been  cultivated  is  sure  to  be  followed  by  a  crop 
of  thorns  and  thistles;  yet  there  may  not  have  been  either  over-graz- 
ing or  fires.  But  wherever  these  plant  signs  of  over-grazing  occur  in 
the  mountains,  the  people  in  the  valley  below  can  hardly  maintain 
that  their  mountain  land  has  not  been  abused. 

What  can  we  do  with  these  pests?  Simply  destroy  them.  Net- 
tles can  be  crushed  and  laid  low  by  stepping  upon  them  near  the 
base.     Thistles  must  be  cut  off,  preferably  below  the  soil.     Brome 


NATIVE    PLANTS    AS    FRIENDS    AND    FOES 


1039 


grass,  squirrel-tail,  and  sandbur  grass  may  be  burned.  Ragweeds, 
stickseeds,  horehound,  coneflower,  may  be  pulled  up  by  hand. 
Prickly  lettuce  should  be  cut  down.  If  campers  would  co-operate, 
each  doing  his  bit,  mountain  camps  and  trails  would  soon  be  restored 
to  their  former  natural  conditions,  freed  from  prickly  and  stinging 
weeds,  and  covered  with  the  interesting  vegetation  of  the  region. 
IX.      Present  specimens  of  any  ten  of  the  following: 

Camper's  Plagues  and  Signs  of  Over-grazing  or  Fire 


Name 

Sticksced  Forget-me- 
not. 
Ascending  Sticksced. 
Western  Coneflower. 
Sand  bur  Grass 
Small  Brome  Grass. 
Squirrel-tail   Grass. 
Bull  Thistle. 

Canadian  Thistle. 
Other  Thistles. 


How  to  Eradicate 
Pull  up;   burn. 

Pull  up;    burn. 
Pull  up;   burn. 
Hoe  up;  burn. 
Hoe  up;  burn. 
Hoe  up;  burn. 
Chop    off    below 

soil. 
Cut,  bury,  burn. 
Hoe     up;     mow 


Name 

Stinging  Nettle. 
Prickly  Lettuce. 
Sweet  Cicely. 
Horehound. 
Armed  Ragweed. 
Unarmed  Ragweed 
Cocklebur. 
Burdock. 
Mallow. 
Torch  Weed. 
Erect  Knotweed. 


How  to  Eradicate 

Tread  down. 
Cut;   hoc. 
Cut;   hoe. 
Pull  up;    burn. 
Pull   up;    burn. 
Pull  up;   burn. 
Pull  up;   burn. 
Chop  root;  burn. 
Chop  root;  burn. 
Pull  up;   burn. 
Pull  up;   burn. 


Each  of  the  foregoing  weeds,  either  well  known  or  described 
herein,  is  a  sign  of  nature's  effort  to  clothe  her  nakedness — to  re 
cover  over-grazed,  or  fire-swept,  or  flood-swept  land.     Any  of  these 
will  soon  re-cover  lands  that  have  been  denuded  by  snowslide,  flood, 
over-grazing,  or  fire. 

Fine  Species  That  Cover  Bare  Land 

False  Hellebore,  a  tall,  straight,  heavy-stemmed  plant  with 
alternate,  parallel-veined  leaves  in  the  form  of  boats  or  cups  that  hold 
water  next  to  the  stem,  and  with  a  mass  of  greenish-white  flowers  at 
the  top,  is  also  a  sign  of  over-grazing,  but  need  not  be  exterminated. 
It  may  grow  in  close  formation,  resembling  Indian  corn,  elegant  and 
imposing — just  an  interesting  giant  lily. 

Horse  Dock  (Wyethia),  a  low  herb  with  large,  shining,  deep- 
green,  entire  or  finely  toothed  leaves  lance-shape  in  outline,  and  with 
stems  12  to  18  inches  high  bearing  large  sunflower  blossoms  two  or 
three  inches  across — is  also  a  sign  of  over-grazing.  It  need  not  be 
exterminated,  horses  like  it,  and  it  is  handsome.  I  prefer  to  call  it 
Rosin  Leaf  because  of  its  gummy  content.  It  is  distinguished  from 
the  similar,  earlier-flowering  Balsam  Roots  ( Balsamorrhiza )  by  the 
densely  white,  silky  covering  of  the  leaves  of  the  latter.  Both  are 
ornamental,  deserving  a  place  in  gardens. 


1040  IMPROVEMENT     ERA 

Tall  Iva,  the  velvet-leaf,  (Iva  xanthifolia)  is  a  sort  of  blos- 
somless  sunflower,  two  to  four  feet  high,  with  large  ovate  leaves 
very  smooth  above;  it  has  minute  greenish  curls  for  flowers,  which, 
filled  with  pollen,  induce  hay  fever.  It  sometimes  follows  over- 
grazing and  is  common  in  the  valleys. 

Daisy  Fleabane  (Erigeron  ramosus)  an  erect,  slender  weed  one 
to  two  feet  high,  branching  at  the  top  like  a  tree,  and  with  minute, 
daisy-like,  whitish  flowers  and  much  silky  pappus,  follows  over- 
grazing and  probably  induces  hay  fever;  it  is  more  common  in 
fallow  fields. 

Torch  Weed  (see  the  author's  Farm  Friends  and  Spring  Flow- 
ers) is  a  foot  high,  with  thread-like  branches  and  little  yellow  star 
flowers.     It  is  of  unusual  interest  and  unique  in  elegance. 


Moonlight  and  Silver  Stars 

Moonlight   and   silver  stars, 
O'er  head  the  summer  sky. 
Branches  like  phantom  bars, 
Softly  the  night  winds  sigh. 
On   the   deep  river's  breast, 
Ruffled  by  current  swift. 
Welcome,    thou   heavenly   guest; 
Ripples  by   moonbeams  kissed. 

Sweetly  the  night-bird  trills 
Sharp  on  the  quiv'ring  air, 
With   gladsome  lightness  fills 
All  the  creation,   fair. 
Night  is  the  dearest  time, 
Naught  her  perfection  mars; 
Bright  shine,   in  ev'ry  clime. 
Moonlight  and  silver  stars. 

Sen  Jose,  Calif.  ALICE  MAUDE  SCHUTTE 


A  Short  Story  of  Rice  Culture 

By  John  Q.  Adams 


As  we  leave  the  city  of  Honolulu  be- 
hind, and  traverse  the  beautiful  Nuuanu 
valley,  we  come  within  a  half  dozen  miles 
to  an  elevation  of  coolness1  and  wonderful 
scenery,  culminating  at  the  famous  Pali. 
a  high,  narrow  mountain  pass  where  old 
warrior  Kamehameha  more  than  a  hundred 
years  ago  met  an  opposing  force,  fought  a 
grim  battle  at  the  edge  of  a  tremendous 
cliff,  and  cast  enough  of  his  opponents 
down  this  to  insure  peace  overtures'  from 
the  remainder.  From  this  vantage  point, 
one  may  gaze  at  the  most  entrancing  sea 
and  land  view  to  be  had.  Clinging  peril- 
ously to  the  frowning  face  of  the  sheer 
cliff,  a  winding  road  takes  you  to  the  low- 
lands on  Oahu's  windward  shore,  and  for 
miles  one  winds  along  among  banana 
plants,  taro  "lois."  rice  fields  and  other 
and  varied  Garden  of  Eden  plots.  As  our 
subject  is  rice,  we  shall  pass  up  all  else, 
and  hold  to  our  topic. 

At  Kaneohe  village,  a  quaint  cluster  of 
Oriental  huts,  we  emerge  upon  a  lovely 
setting  which  is  very  striking  to  the  new- 
comer. We  see  tiny  squares  of  bog-land 
sustaining  a  luxurious  growth  of  what  we 
take  to  be  grain,  which  it  closely  resembles. 
From  each  separate  tiny  stock  develops  a 
head  of  white  kernels,  the  aggregate  wher- 
ever rice  is  grown  forming  the  staff  of  life 
for  more  than  half  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth.  Just  now  it  has  turned  brown  and 
stands  ready  for  the  reaper  (sickle) .  Twice 
each  year  is  the  process  of  planting  and 
garnering  repeated  in  Hawaii — truly  a 
fruitful  land  and  crop. 

We  of  the  States  think  of  grain,  gang 
plows,  drills  and  combined  harvesters  as 
associated  together  in  natural  sequence. 
Here  the  rice  is  grown  without  any  of 
these  assistants.  We  see  employed  the  pa- 
tient, plodding  hand-methods  in  vogue 
from  biblical  days  until  now. 

A  dun-hued  carabao,  rolling-fat,  with 
horns  widely  sweeping  towards  its  shoul- 
ders, can  now  and  then  be  seen  demurely 


drawing  a  flimsy  wooden  pronged  stick 
through  deep,  quivering  mud,  for  rice 
thrives  best  in  a  slough  habitation.  The 
scantily-clad  owner  is  jerked  from  side  to 
side  as  he  succeeds  in  extricating  in  turn 
each  foot  from  the  slimy  quagmire.  Often- 
times he  is  mud-plastered  to  the  waist. 
Sometimes  the  plowing  is  done  with  several 
inches  of  water  covering  the  mud,  and  then 
we  wonder  at  the  plowman's  ability  to 
follow  the  last  scratch  made.  Possibly 
he  and  the  carabao  have  sufficiently  de- 
veloped the  sense  of  touch  not  to  be  under 
the  necessity  of  depending  upon  that  of 
sight,  only.  But  the  silt  retains  its  rich- 
ness. 

Then  the  planting!  The  seed  has 
previously  been  sprouted  in  a  bed  to  a 
height  of  about  six  inches.  This  is  lifted 
out  by  the  handful,  the  tops  clipped,  and 
each  separate  stalk  stuck  in  the  mud  and 
spaced  exactly  as  our  grain  is  sown — rows 
just  wide  enough  to  admit  the  small  Ori 
ental  foot  betwixt,  and  the  stalks  an  inch 
or  so  apart.  The  rows  are  kept  trim  and 
straight,  but  the  progress  of  transplanting. 
as  may  be  surmised,  is  painfully  slow,  but 
perfectly  efficient.  Within  a  few  weeks  the 
slough  is  a  solid  field  of  waving  green,  and 
for  a  couple  or  three  months  now  the  lot 
of  the  planter  is  an  easy  one. 

With  the  appearance  of  the  heads,  how- 
ever, he  leads  a  hectic  life.  He  is  distracted 
by  the  coming  of  flocks  of  the  diminutive 
rice-bird,  as  well  as  the  depredations  of  the 
omnipresent  sparrow.  These  proceed  to 
make  it  a  dawn-to-dusk  battle  of  wits  as 
to  who  shall  do  the  harvesting.  Some 
times  honors  are  about  equally  shared,  but 
generally  the  more  intelligent  mind  of  the 
man 'insures  his  triumph.  Both  are  fight- 
ing for  bread,  and  the  owner  brings 
strategy  into  play.  In  the  center  of  his 
field  he  erects  a  small  platform,  say  five 
feet  in  height,  over  which  he  stretches  a 
piece  of  canvas  against  sun  and  rain.  From 
this  crude  central  radiate  a  number  of  wires 


1042 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


to  all  parts  of  the  field,  on  the  end  of  each 
a  bell  or  kerosene  can  containing  a  few 
rocks.  From  his  vantage  point  on  the 
platform  he  watches  all  day,  and,  at  the 
appearance  of  birds  in  any  part  of  his 
domain,  he  simply  jerks  the  wire  leading  to 
the  invaded  sector,  and  a  great  noise  fright- 
ens the  puzzled  birds!  He  also  sets  up,  all 
over  the  field,  some  of  the  most  hideous 
scarecrows  imaginable,  and,  as  these  mon- 
sters flutter  and  wriggle  and  signal  and 
gesture,  small  wonder  it  is  that  the  feath- 
ered vandals  view  the  menace  from  far-off 
trees.  Or,  as  is  more  frequently  the  custom, 
the  owner,  shouldering  an  ancient  muzzle- 
loader,  walks  about  his  field  all  day  as  a 
sentinel  upon  the  dikes,  and  time  after  time 
we  have  watched  him  level  his  noisy  but 
harmless  musket,  seen  the  puff  of  white, 
heard  the  sharp  report,  and  away  with  a 
whirr  has  gone  the  flock  of  rice-birds. 
He  carries  his  powder  flask,  and  full  set  of 
re-loading  apparatus  along,  so  in  a  moment 
is  going  again,  ready  for  the  next  sortie. 
Eternal  vigilance  is  the  price  of  rice,  as 
well  as  liberty;  so  the  man  wins. 

As  the  straw  takes  on  the  dull  brown, 
betokening  maturity,  along  comes  the 
sickle  brigade  of  two  or  three  neighbors 
working  conveniently  together,  and  the 
bunches  are  bound  by  hand  with  a  few 
straws,  as  our  ancestors  used  to  do  it.  It  is 
not  left  long  in  the  shock,  as  there  is  too 
much  rain  here,  and  the  field  is  too  wet, 
so  it  is  carried  by  hand  generally,  to  the 
threshing  floor.  Many  of  these  are  by  the 
side  of  the  main  highway  of  Oahu,  so  one 
can  watch  the  proceedings  from  the  car 
as  one  drives  along.  A  cement  floor  about 
thirty  feet  square,  with  its  sides  raised  a 
few  inches,  receives  possibly  100  bundles. 
Over  this  horses  are  driven  in  a  circle  as 
in  horse-power  days.  Just  now  thresh- 
ing is  going  on  all  over,  and  we  saw  this 


week  in  one  place  four  scraggy  ponies  tied 
together  with  a  rope,  stepping  warily  over 
uneven  bundles,  as  one  Chinese  stood  in 
the  center  holding  the  rope,  and  another 
cracked  a  whip  over  the  backs  of  the 
horses,  and  two  more  Chinese  were  stirring 
up  the  straw  with  two-pronged  forks.  In 
the  friendly  trade-wind  the  chaff  is  cleared 
away,  and  then  the  rice  is  said  to  be  in  the 
"paddy."  It  is  a  golden  brown  in  its  last 
husk,  which  is  not  further  molested  until 
it  gets  to  the  mill  later  on. 

It  is  now  scraped  into  small  ridges  on 
the  cement  floor,  and  sunned  and  dried, 
being  churned  about  constantly  to  make  the 
drying  thorough.  Suppose  at  this  stage 
a  dark  cloud  appears  to  windward.  The 
man  in  charge  always  has  his  eye  on  the 
weather,  and  with  the  first  indication  of 
an  apporachnig  shower,  he  sounds  the 
alarm,  and  several  men  rush  to  his  aid 
By  shovel,  hoe  or  a  board  used  as  a  scraper 
and  horse-drawn,  the  layer  is  quickly 
heaped  into  a  golden  pyramid,  and  covered 
with  a  big  tarpaulin.  It  may  be  only  a 
passing  dash  of  Hawaii's  "liquid  sunshine." 
or  it  may  be  a  prolonged  heavy  fall  of 
rain  but  no  chance  is  taken,  for  frequent 
soaking  would  spoil  the  grain.  And,  as 
this  drying  process  goes  on,  chickens  wan- 
der on  the  scene,  quite  overcome  at  man's 
generosity  in  laying  out  such  a  banquet 
for  them.  They  are  suddenly  bidden  to 
beat  a  hasty  retreat  by  a  long  whip  crack- 
ing sharply  overhead.  Some  of  the  fowls 
get  too  accustomed  to  this  to  be  bluffed,  so 
are  pushed  away. 

Finally,  the  patient  rice  grower,  having 
fought  his  way  through  all  these  obstacles, 
sees  the  few  dollars  which  are  his  compen- 
sation, and  we  inquisitive  Occidentals  see 
a  most  interesting  bit  of  life  transplanted 
from  the  Orient. — Laie,  Oahu,  T.  H. 


Take  care  of  your  habits  and  your  health  will  take  care  of  itself. 
Cheerfulness  is  the  bravery  born  of  wisdom. 

Persons  with  narrow  minds  are  not  responsible  for  the  words  they  utter  in  fits  of 
anger.     Broad-minded  people  seldom  give  way  to  anger. 

The  person  with  a  dwarfed  brain  should  never  be  censured — it  is  a  case  for  pity 

— Dorothy  C.  Retsloff. 


Appreciation 

By  Wm.  A.  Morton 


This  story  was  told  me  by  a  young 
married  woman  one  evening  as  we  sat  in 
the  depot  at  Cache  Junction,  waiting  for 
our  train. 

After  we  had  talked  for  some  time  about 
different  things,  the  young  woman  said  to 
mc:  "There  is  one  man  in  this  world 
that  I  shall  never  forget." 

"And  who  might  he  be?"  I  asked. 

"President  Joseph  F.  Smith."  was  the 
answer.  Then  she  went  on:  "He  helped 
me  once,  and  every  time  I  think  of  his 
kind  act — which  I  do  often — I  feel  very 
grateful  to  him." 

"Would  you  mind  telling  me  about  it?" 
I  asked — "about  the  kind  act  which  you 
have  remembered  so  long,  and  for  which 
you  feel  so  thankful?" 

Then  she  told  me  the  story,  little  think- 
ing that  some  day,  it  would  be  told  to 
about  fifty  thousand  Religion  Class  chil- 
dren, in  order  to  teach  them  the  lesson  of 
Gratitude. 

"When  I  was  a  girl,"  said  the  lady.  "I 
decided  to  go  to  Salt  Lake  City,  in  order 
to  find  employment,  so  that  I  might  be 
able  to  buy  my  own  clothes,  and  other 
things  that  I  needed,  and  thus  help  my 
parents,  who  were  not  very  well  off. 

"In  Salt  Lake  I  got  work  as  a  maid  in 
a  hotel;  but  I  did  not  like  the  place,  and 
after  staying  there  a  short  time  I  decided 
to  leave.      The   morning   I   left   the  hotel 


I  had  only  twenty-five  cents.  I  was  a 
stranger  in  the  city,  and  did  not  know 
what  to  do  nor  where  to  go.  I  walked  up 
the  street  until  I  came  to  the  Eagle  Gate. 
I  stopped  there,  and  stood  looking  at  the 
people  going  to  their  work  How  happy 
they  all  seemed!  And  Oh,  how  miserable 
I  felt!  No  one  spoke  to  me;  in  fact,  no 
one  seemed  to  notice  me.  How  long  I 
stood  there  I  do  not  know. 

"I  was  almosit  ready  to  cry.  when  the 
door  of  the  Beehive  House  opened  and 
President  Smith  came  out.  I  knew  him, 
but  he  did  not  know  me.  I  had  never 
spoken  to  him.  He  looked  at  me  as  he 
passed.  He  had  gone  but  a  few  steps  when 
he  stopped,  came  back,  and  looking  down 
into  my  face  said,  'What  is  the  matter, 
my  girl?     You  seem  to  be  in  trouble?' 

"He  listened  to  me  like  my  own  father 
while  I  told  him  my  story.  Then  he 
said.  'Well,  daughter,  come  with  me.'  He 
took  me  to  his  home,  and  presenting  me 
to  his  wife  said,  'Here  is  a  poor,  friendless 
girl.  Take  care  of  her  till  she  gets  a  good 
place  to  work.' 

"I  was  taken  into  the  house  of  the 
President,  and  was  treated  with  much 
kindness.  In  a  short  time  I  found  a  good 
situation." 

Just  then  the  train  whistled,  and  as  the 
good  woman  picked  up  her  baby  she  said. 
"No.  I  shall  never  forget  President  Jo- 
seph F.  Smith." 


Raymond,  Canada 


As  a  Man  Thinketh 

You  must  stand  soldier-like  at  the  door  of  your  mind. 

There  are  thoughts  that  must  not  enter  in; 
Envy  and  malice  and  hatred  and  greed. 

Many  more  that  are  deadly,  are  sin. 

When  the  seed  of  deep  hate  in  the  mind  is  once  sown. 

Few  flowers>  of  pure  love  will  then  grow. 
For  thoughts  are  real  things  and  you  will  soon  find. 

That  the  harvest  will  be  as  you  sow. 

Ah.  beware,  lest  they  find  you  asleep  at  your  post, 

Like  a  thief  they  slip   in  unawares, 
Rob  you  of  treasures  more  precious  than  gold: 

God  will  help  you.  will  answer  your  prayers. 

Helen  Kimball  Orgill 


Messages  from  the  Missions 

The  Growth  of  the  South  African  Mission 

By  President  Samuel  Martin 


This  is  a  subject  which  lies  very  near  to 
my  heart,  as  it  was  in  this  country  that  I 
heard  the  name  "Mormon"  for  the  first 
time. 

Missionary  activities  in  South  Africa 
were  commenced 
when  Elders  Jesse 
Haven,  Leonard  I. 
Smith  and  William 
H.  Walker  arrived 
on  April  19, 
1853. 

By  June  15, 
Elder  Leonard  I. 
Smith  baptized 
Henry  Stringer  and 
within  six  months 
the  elders  had  bap- 
tized forty-five  per- 
sons, organized  two 
branches,  and  blessed 
a  number  of  chil- 
dren. 

February,  1854, 
a  branch  was  organ- 
ized at  Beaufort  by 
William  H.  Walker. 
Later  a  branch  was 
organized  at  Port 
Elizabeth  under  the 
direction  of  Elder 
Leonard  I.  Smith. 

I  n  November, 
1855,  two  of  the 
members,  Charles 
Roper  and  John 
Stock,  purchased  the  ship  Unity,  in 
order  to  furnish  a  number  of  emigrants 
with  steerage  accommodation  for  Zion. 

In  185  7,  Elder  Ebenezer  C.  Richard- 
son, accompanied  by  Elder  James  Brooks, 
was  sent  from  the  British  mission  to  pre- 
side over  the  "Cape  of  Good  Hope  mis- 
sion." 

In    March.     1859,     thirty     Saints,    in 


President  Samuel  Martin 


charge  of  Elder  Joseph  R.  Humphreys, 
emigrated  to  Zion  from  Port  Elizabeth 
on  the  ship  Alacrity. 

In  March,  1863,  a  company  of  fifteen 
emigrating  Saints  left  Port  Elizabeth 
bound  for  Zion.  A 
few  days  later  a 
company  of  thirty 
left  by  the  barque. 
Henry  Ellis,  in 
charge  of  Elders 
Robert  Grand  and 
John  Stock,  local 
elders. 

Elders  Fothcring- 
ham,  Dixon  and 
Talbot  remained  in 
Cape  Colony  until 
the  spring  of  1864. 
achieving  consider- 
able success. 

In  1866,  the  last 
of  the  elders  sailed 
for  Zion,  leaving  the 
mission  in  charge  of 
the  local  brethren. 

It  was  on  July 
25,  1903.  nearly 
forty  years  later, 
when  Elders  Warren 
H.  Lyons.  Wm.  R. 
Smith.  Thomas  L. 
Griffith  and  George 
A.  Simpkins  arrived 
to  re-open  the  mis- 
sion and  to  their 
great  joy  found  a  few  members  still  living 
and  bearing  faithful  testimony. 

Elder  George  Buck,  the  local  brother 
who  had  been  left  in  charge  of  the  Mow- 
bray branch,  was  its  sole  survivor,  nearly 
ninety  years  of  age,  but  full  of  zeal  and 
testimony  of  the  truth  of  the  restored  plan, 
One  year  and  three  months  later  it  was 
my  privilege  to  be  the  first  to  apply  for 


MESSAGES     FROM     THE     MISSIONS 


1045 


baptism;  and  with  Thomas  Sawyer  of 
Claremont,  I  was  baptized  in  Table  Bay 
and  confirmed  a  member  in  the  Church 
of  Jesus  Christ  by  Elder  Warren  H.  Lyons. 
The  following  month  I  was  ordained  to 
the  office  of  a  priest  and  encouraged  to 
take  an  active  part  with  the  elders. 

Our  membership  increased  very  con- 
siderably the  following  year,  and  the  elders 
were  able  to  rent  a  hall  and  organize  a 
Sunday  School,  giving  us  all  great  oppor- 
tunities for  development  and  growth. 

Since  that  time  many  have  emigrated  to 
Zion,  among  whom  were  the  author  of 
these  lines  and  his  family,  in  1916.  We 
settled  in  Ogden,  where  I  was  called  to 
preside  over  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  of  the 
Sixth  ward.  Later  the  Thirteenth  ward 
was  organized  with  J.  H.  Jenkins  as 
bishop  and  I  was  called  to  be  his  first 
counselor,  in  which  capacity  I  served  for 
eight  and  a  half  __years.  after  which  I  was 
called  to  work  on  the  high  council  in  the 
Ogden  stake  until  April,  1926,  when  I, 
accompanied  by  my  wife  and  three  young- 
est sons,  was  honored  with  a  call  to  re- 
turn to  South  Africa  as  successor  to  Presi- 
dent James  Wyley  Sessions. 

The  work  has  continued  to  grow  under 
the   supervision   of   the   successive   mission 


presidents,  namely:  Warren  H.  Lyons, 
Ralph  A.  Badger,  Henry  L.  Steed,  Brig- 
ham  H.  Hendricks,  Frank  J.  Hewlett. 
Nicholas  G.  Smith,  and  James  Wyley 
Sessions. 

In  1919,  the  South  African  Government 
decided  to  forbid  elders  of  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ  to  do  missionary  work  in  the 
Union  of  South  Africa;  therefore,  during 
the  latter  part  of  President  Nicholas  G. 
Smith's  mission  and  at  the  beginning  of 
President  J.  Wyley  Sessions'  term  South 
Africa  was  without  elders;  and  for  nearly 
two  years  the  branch  presidents  were  the 
ever  faithful  stand-bys,  conducting  and 
carrying  on  the  work  at  Mowbray,  Kim- 
berley,  Bloemfontein,  Johannesburg,  and 
Port  Elizabeth,  while  the  mission  presi- 
dent visited  the  several  districts. 

President  Nicholas  G.  Smith,  together 
with  his  wife  and  three  sons,  spent  nearly 
seven  and  a  half  years  as  president  of  the 
South  African  mission.  During  his  presi- 
dency the  Mowbray  property  was  pur- 
chased by  the  Church  as  a  mission  home. 
to  which  was  added  a  small  meeting  house 
to  accommodate  about  one  hundred,  and 
named  "Cumorah." 

In  March,  1921,  President  Nicholas 
G.     Smith     was     succeeded    by     President 


"Cumorah."  Mowbray — Mission  Headquarters 


1046 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


James  Wyley  Sessions. 

President  Sessions  soon  set  to  work  to 
gain  the  ear  of  the  South  African  Govern- 
ment and  successfully  negotiated  the  re- 
newal of  Christian  ministers'  rights  to 
preach  the  Gospel.  In  granting  these 
rights,  however,  the  Latter-day  Saints  were 
limited  to  a  quota  of  twenty-five  mission- 
aries. He  also  obtained  ministerial  con- 
cessions on  the  government  railways. 

During  the  presidency  of  James  Wyley 
Sessions  the  Church  purchased  a  property 
in  Johannesburg  and  built  a  very  pleasant 
meeting  house  with  a  seating  capacity  for 
one  hundred  and  fifty,  and  accommoda- 
tions for  four  elders. 

Since  my  arrival,    on   June    22,     1926, 


growth  in  membership  during  the  past 
twenty-four  years,  our  active  membership 
is  not  large,  owing  to  so  many  having  left 
for  Zion  whenever  their  financial  condi- 
tions permitted.  Others  have  removed 
from  the  branches  to  outlying  districts  and 
become  lost  to  the  elders,  and  being  shut 
off  from  the  Church  activities  I  fear  many 
found  an  unsympathetic  world  too  much 
for  their  faith. 

I  am  persuaded  that  the  South  African 
mission  comprises  a  larger  territory  than 
any  other  single  mission  of  the  Church. 
When  we  combine  Northern  and  Southern 
Rhodesia,  and  Southwest  Africa  to  the 
Union  of  South  Africa,  we  have  an  area 
of  over  one  million  square  miles  and  we 


'Ramah,"  L.  D    S.  chapel  at  Johannesburg 


I  am  grateful  to  report  a  very  steady  and 
pleasing  growth. 

In  June,  1927,  with  the  very  able 
assistance  of  Mission  Secretary  Leo 
R.  Jenson,  I  commenced  the  publication  of 
the  Cumorah  Monthly  Bulletin,  which 
has  been  a  source  of  great  help  and  bless- 
ing to  Saints  and  friends;  resuscitating  quite 
a  lively  interest  among  many  who  were 
out  of  touch  with  the  mission. 

Much  prejudice  seems  to  have  been  re- 
moved and  the  public  press  has1  been  very 
fair  and  kind  in  publishing  interviews  from 
time  to  time,  besides  requesting  certain 
articles  from  the  elders  and  myself. 

Although    there    has    been    a    constant 


have    members   scattered   throughout. 

I  visited  Kabrib,  Southwest  Africa,  in 
April,  1927,  and  ordained  Brother  Law- 
rence C.  Ratcliff  to  the  office  of  an  elder 
and  encouraged  him  to  invite  his  friends 
and  hold  cottage  meetings  in  his  home. 
Since  that  time  he  has  baptized  three  souls. 

At  the  same  time  I  ordained  Brother 
Ratcliff,  I  ordained  his  step-son,  Bertram 
J.  Glynn,  to  the  office  of  an  elder  and 
set  him  apart  for  missionary  labors  with 
our  elders  in  the  South  African  Union. 
He  is  doing  splendid  work. 

Last  March  I  took  a  trip  up  into  South- 
ern Rhodesia,  accompanied  by  District 
President  Marion  L.  Allred.     We  baptized 


MESSAGES     FROM     THE     MISSIONS 


1047 


the  two  sons  of  Brother  Walter  Taylor 
Jubber;  these  brethren  had  not  seen  an 
elder  for  years. 

South  Africa  is  a  very  beautiful  coun- 
try. The  people  are  hospitable  and  gladly 
extend  kindnesses  to  the  traveling  elders. 
In  the  Union  of  South  Africa  we  have 
an  area  of  472.347  square  miles,  and  a 
white  population  of  (about)  1,300,000; 
about  600,000  colored,  besides  nearly 
4,000,000  of  the  negro  races. 

Southwest  Africa  has  a  white  popula- 
tion of  about  15,000;  Southern  Rhodesia 
has  a  white  population  of  nearly  50.000. 
many  of  whom  are  centered  in  Bulawayo 
and  Salisbury,  where  we  could  use  six 
elders. 

Owing  to  the  small  number  of  elders 
in  the  South  African  mission,  and  dis- 
tances being  so  great,  we  are  unable  to 
open  up  more  than  seven  districts,  namely: 
Mowbray.  Kimberly,  Bloemfontein.  Johan- 
nesburg. Natal.  East  London,  and  Port 
Elizabeth. 

We  have  two  elders  in  Mowbray  district 
for  a  white  population  of  200.000;  two 
elders  in  Kimberly  district  for  a  white 
population  of  19,000;  two  elders  in  the 
Bloemfontein  district  for  a  white  popula- 
tion of  20.000;  four  elders  in  the  Johan- 
nesburg district  for  a  white  population  of 
200,000;  two  elders  in  Durban,  Natal, 
district  for  a  white  population  of  55,000: 
two  elders  in  East  London  district  for  a 
white  population  of  22.000:  and  two 
elders  in  Port  Elizabeth  district  for  a 
white  population  of  30,000. 

We  could  use  with  success  six  elders  in 
Southwest  Africa,  six  elders  in  Southern 
Rhodesia,  and  fifty  in  the  Union  of  South 
Africa,  whereas  we  have  nineteen  includ- 
ing Sister  Martin. 

South  Africa  has  many  towns  of  several 


thousand  inhabitants  which  have  only 
been  casually  tracted  by  elders  passing 
through. 

We  have  very  few  local  brethren  who 
are  financially  able  to  support  a  son  In  the 
mission  field;  however,  we  have  a:  the 
present  time  two  elders.  Bertram  J.  Glynn, 
previously  mentioned,  and  Albert  Ed'.vard 
Hughes,  son  of  Sister  and  Mr.  Donald 
Hughes  of  Johannesburg.  Both  these 
young  men  are  doing  a  splendid  work  and 
giving  great  joy  to  their  parents. 

Our  missionary  labors  for  1927,  with 
an  average  of  twenty  elders,  was  produc- 
tive of  much  good.  Our  records  show 
that  we  visited  (not  tracting)  15.5  74 
families  of  investigators;  we  held  17,420 
gospel  conversations;  sold  332  Books  of 
Mormon  and  298  standard  works  ind 
other  books;  6,742  pamphlets  (over  six- 
teen pages)  were  distributed;  3  9,241 
tracts  were  distributed:  we  held  2.74  1 
meetings;  baptized  thirty-four  converts 
and  blessed  twenty-one  children. 

This  year  we  have  already  sold  more 
Books  of  Mormon  and  have  baptized  more 
people  than  all  of  last  year. 

Our  elders  are  working  with  a  zeal  and 
determination  to  prove  that  the  South 
African  mission  is  worth  all  that  it  costs 
the  people  of  Zion  to  send  missionaries 
to  this  far-off  land. 

That  it  is  a  mission  worth  the  sacrifice 
it  calls  for  is  manifested  by  the  earnest 
endeavors  of  our  elders,  and  we  earnestly 
pray  that  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when 
we  may  extend  our  activities  to  the  many 
towns  where  only  passing  visits  have  been 
made,  that  South  Africa  from  Cape  Town 
to  the  Zambezi  may  rejoice  in  the  liberal 
knowledge  of  our  glorious  message,  and 
for  this  purpose  we  humbly  pray  God  to 
send  us  more  laborers  to  this  great  con- 
tinent. 


Dr.  F.  W.  Gunsaulus.  former  president  of  the  Armour  Institute.  Chicago,  as  an 
educator,  made  this  statement:  "I  do  not  believe  there  is  an  agency  more  destructive 
of  soul,  mind  and  body,  or  more  subversive  of  good  morals  than  the  cigarette.  The 
fight  against  the  cigarette  is  a  fight  for  civilization." 


1048 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


The  Armenian  Mission 


By  President  Joseph  W.  Booth 


Among  the  twenty-seven  missions  of 
the  Church,  the  Armenian  mission  is  the 
paradoxical  conundrum  of  them  all. 

What  is  there  so  peculiar  about  it? 
Stop,  look,  and  listen!  Eighty-seven  years 
ago,  Oct.  24,  1841,  that  almost  match- 
less prayer  of  Apos- 
tle Orson  Hyde  was 
offered  on  the 
Mount  of  Olives. 
That  might  be 
counted  as  the  con- 
ception of  our  mis- 
sion work  in  the 
Orient.  Since  then 
we  have  had  seven 
apostles  in  our 
midst,  about  forty 
missionaries,  and 
some  twenty  visitors, 
in  all  averaging  less 
than  one  person  a 
year  from  Zion. 

We  have  now 
only  one  branch 
and,  I  think,  fewer 
members  than 
any  other  mission  in 
the  world;  yet  we 
have  almost  as  many 
square  miles  in  our 
unbounded  territory 
as  all  the  other  mis- 
sions put  together. 
Of  course  you  will 
demand  some  proof  for  such  a  statement. 

Well,  on  the  west,  our  nearest  neigh- 
bors in  the  ministry  are  the  French  mis- 
sion and  the  German-Austrian  mission, 
and  to  them  we  must  concede  most  of  the 
eastern  part  of  Europe,  although  Greece 
has  been  ours  for  a  long  time.  Inasmuch 
as  there  are  no  missions  to  the  north  of 
us  our  boundary  in  that  direction  lies  in 
boreal  beds  of  ice,  and  hence  includes  all 
Asiatic  Russia.     And  if  the  Armenian  mis- 


President  Joseph  W.  Booth 

Who  has  spent  seventeen   years   in   the 
mission   field. 


sion    is    bounded    by    the    South    African 
mission  in  that  far-away    field,     then  we 
can   claim   all  of  Eastern  Africa  north  of 
the    equator.      Again,    on    our    southeast, 
we   have    the   Australian   mission   meeting 
us  far  beyond  the  borders  of  Arabia  and 
India;  and  now  that 
the  Japanese  Mission 
is    closed    we    must 
hark    away    to    Sa- 
moa,    Hawaii,     and 
Alaska    to    find   our 
eastern        boundary. 
So  there  falls  to  this 
little    mission    more 
than      twenty-one 
million  square   miles 
of    field    work. 
Granting    us,     now, 
these      mentioned 
boundaries   we   have 
more    than    one-half 
the     population     of 
the    world    to    look 
after,    and  were  we, 
the  two  present  mis- 
sionaries,  to  take  an 
airship     today,     and 
fly,    day    and    night, 
over   this   vast    field 
and    cover    every 
square    mile    at    the 
rate  of  100  miles  an 
hour,     throwing 
down      70      printed 
messages    every    minute,     that    each    per- 
son might  get  a  single  tract,  it  would  take 
us  twenty-four  years  to  make  that  one  big 
visit. 

Our  past  and  present  status  may  be 
briefly  told  by  counting  up  to  ten;  thu9: 
One  lady  missionary,  two  workers  in  the 
field  today,  three  cities  have  served  as  our 
headquarters,  four  elders  have  died  in  the 
field,  five  nationalities  have  been  baptized, 
six   languages   are   needed   to   teach   them, 


MESSAGES     FROM    THE     MISSIONS 


1049 


seven  apostles  have  been  here,  eight  cties 
now  claim  one  or  more  of  our  members, 
and  nine  out  of  ten  are  in  poverty. 

We  are  known  as  the  Armenian  mis- 
sion, and  here  again,  the  paradox.  The 
name  is  too  big,  and  too  little.  If  we 
are  to  reach  all  the  Armenian  race  we  must 
likely  trespass  upon  the  field  of  every 
other  mission  in  the  world,  for  the  Ar- 
menians, like  the  Jews,  are  scattered  among 
all  nations,  and  yet  they  do  not  form  a 
tenth  part  of  the  population  of  even  our 
present  scenes  of  activity  in  Syria  and 
Palestine.  Although  95  r;  of  our  recorded 
membership  in  all  these  years  are  Arme- 
nians, yet  the  name  is  not  altogethci  ap- 
propriate for  the  best  interest  of  the  mis- 
sion. 

Most  of  my  readers  will  remember  the 
world-round  mission  visits  of  Elder 
David  O.  McKay  and  Elder  Hugh  J.  Can- 
non in  1920-21.  They  had  been  travel- 
ing for  nearly  a  year  and  had  visited  the 
Pacific  Islands,  New  Zealand,  Australia, 
Japan,  China,  India,  Egypt,  and  were  on 
their  homeward  journey  toward  Europe 
and  America.  The  writer  had  left  Utah 
in  September,  1921,  and  was  not  informed 
as  to  the  itinerary  of  these  elders1,  except 
that  they  had  been  instructed  to  visit  the 
twelve-year-shepherdless  flock  in  Syria. 
Where  were  these  brethren  ?  On  this 
point  I  was  as  ignorant  as  they  were 
of  my  whereabouts.  Fervent  prayers 
were  offered  daily  to  the  Lord,  in 
whose  service  we  were,  that  somehow,  in 
his  infinite  wisdom,  we  all  might  meet; 
and  of  course  Palestine  was  the  most  de- 
sirable place  in  all  the  world  for  that  meet- 
ing, but  how  unlikely  amid  a  million 
chances! 

I  had  met  with  a  prolonged  delay  in 
Italy,  and  then  after  a  brief  call  to  visit 
the  Saints  in  Athens.  Greece,  I  proceeded 
to  Alexandria,  and  thence  by  rail  across 
the  Delta,  to  the  bridge  at  Kantara,  where 
I  made  a  midnight  change  of  trains,  and 
then  passed  on  toward  the  Holy  Land. 
I  shall  not  soon  forget  that  morning  of 
November  4.  Let  my  diary  of  that 
date  tell  its  own  story: 

"Soon    after    midnight    I    was    gliding 


over  the  sands  in  quiet,  peaceful  sleep, 
along  the  way  where  'Joseph  and  Mary 
and  the  young  Child'  went  on  their  jour- 
ney from  Egypt  'into  the  Land  of  Israel.' 
The  night  was  a  most  beautiful  one  as 
I  started,  and  again  just  before  the  dawn 
of  day,  as  I  looked  out  of  the  train  win- 
dow, the  eastern  sky  was  a  scene  of 
transcendent  beauty. 

"All  the  planets,  except  Uranus,  wen. 
morning  stars.  Neptune  was  invisible, 
Mercury  but  a  tiny  twinkler,  Saturn  and 
Mars  only  ordinary  objects  among  the 
thousands  of  worlds  of  the  universe,  but 
Jupiter  and  Venus  were  brilliant  as 
diamonds  on  the  blue  robes  of  a  royal 
bride.  Sirius,  Orion,  and  the  Pleiades  were 
farther  along  in  their  western  march,  but 
did  their  best  to  embellish  that  scene  of 
night  as  the  entrancing  picture  arched  over 
the  stillness  of  the  Holy  Land,  where  only 
forty  hours  ago  a  scene  of  blood  and  riot 
occurred  in  ignorant  protest  against  the 
coming   of   the   Jews. 

"We  passed  on  through  Gaza  early,  and 
then  on  up  through  the  plains  and  fields 
of  the  old  Philistines,  and  by  9  a.  m. 
we  were  in  Ludd,  the  junction  of  the 
Jaffa-Jerusalem  road.  My  ticket  was 
direct  for  Haifa,  and,  as  I  was  anxious  to 
get  on  my  way,  I  had  no  special  desire 
this  time  to  visit  the  Holy  City.  The  train 
waited  for  a  half  hour,  during  which  time 
I  looked  for,  and  longed  to  meet  Elders 
David  O.  McKay  and  Hugh  J.  Can- 
non, who  have  been  traveling  around 
the  world  visiting  the  missions  and  the 
schools  of  the  L.  D.  S.  Church,  but  I  was 
disappointed  in  not  meeting  them  there. 

"On  the  train  went,  and  I  still  looked 
out  of  the  windows  studying  the  land  of 
Palestine  and  talking  to  a  little  Jewish 
girl  who  came  and  sat  with  me  and  told 
me  a  lot  of  her  troubles.  She  was  on  her 
way  to  Haifa  in  search  of  work.  About 
12:30,  the  train  stopped.  I  carried  my 
satchels  into  the  baggage  room  and  left 
them  there  a  moment  while  I  looked 
around  to  inquire  whether  a  ship  was  in 
the  harbor  bound  for  Beirut,  and  turning 
about,  lo!  I  was  face  to  face  with  the  very 
men  whom  I  have  hoped  and  prayed  and 


1050 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


longed  to  meet — Brothers  McKay  and 
Cannon.  They  came  on  the  same  train 
from  Ludd,  passed  within  a  few  feet  of 
me  there,  but  we  did  not  see  each  other. 
We  were  each  just  ready  to  leave  for 
different  hotels,  and  two  minutes  time 
would  likely  have  separated  us  altogether. 
We  all  thanked  the  Lord  for  that  pleas- 
ant meeting." 

That  afternoon  and  night  we  made  an 
auto  ride  to  Beirut.  The  next  night  we 
had  crossed  the  Lebanon  mountains,  and 
feasted,  enroute,  on  the  luscious  clusters 
from  the  vineyards  of  the  Valley  of 
Leontes,  and  slept  at  Baalbek,  where  the 
grand  ruins  of  those  ancient  temples  jre 
still  defying  the  penman  to  tell  their  com- 
plete story.  Another  day's  ride,  November 
6,  brought  us  to  the  City  of  Aleppo, 
in  Northern  Syria. 

That  was  the  beginning  of  work  in 
the  third  epoch  in  the  history  of  this 
mission. 

It  was  closed  the  first  time  about  1895, 
and  the  elders  called  away  on  account  of 
that  terrible  massacre  of  50,000  Armenians 
at  that  time.  Prominent  among  the 
workers  of  the  first  period  were:  F.  F. 
Hintze,  Jacob  Spori,  J.  M.  Tanner,  F.  M. 
Lyman,  Jr.,  James  Clove,  E.  S.  Robinson, 
Adolf  Haag,  Don  C.  Musser,  John  A. 
Clark,  Edgar  D.  Simmons  (the  three  last 
named  died  in  the  field),  and  Elders 
Diterli,  Christiansen,  and  Fred  Huish.  I 
have  not  the  records  at  hand  so  the  list 
may  be  incomplete. 

The  second  term  began  with  the  call 
of  Elder  A.  H.  Lund,  F.  F.  Hintze, 
Philip  S.  Maycock  and  A.  L.  Larson,  to 
open  up  the  mission  again  in  189  7-8,  and 
with  unabated  zeal  the  work  continued 
until,  following  another  sanguinary  attack 
on  the  helpless  Christians  in  1909,  the 
Church  again  saw  fit  to  close  the  mission 
and  leave  the  work  with  local  elders.  Dur- 
ing that  twelve-year  period,  in  addition 
to  the  four  men  just  named,  were  the 
following  missionaries:  Joseph  W.  Booth 
and  wife,  Mary  R.  Booth;  J.  Alma  Hold- 
away,  Thomas  P.  Page,  Albert  Herman, 
Lester  W.  Mangum,  Reno  W.  Vance,  John 
T.  Woodbury,  S.  Burton  Newman,  Mischa 
Markow,       Joseph      Shepherd  ■    Tuesher, 


Charles  Tuesher,  Henry  Tuesher,  Loy 
Woods,  Joseph  F.  Thorup,  William  A. 
Budge,  I.  Owen  Horsfall,  John  D. 
Stephenson,  Joseph  O.  Phelps,  Emil  J. 
Huber  (died  in  the  field),  Don  C.  Love- 
land,  R.  L.  Dunkley,  and  Elders  Clayton 
and  McAllister.  This  list  also  is  from 
memory  of  twenty  years  ago,  and  apology 
is  offered  for  incompleteness. 

From  October  1,  1909,  until  Novem- 
ber 6,  1921,  there  were  no  elders  from 
Zion,  and  the  local  Saints  were  put  to  a 
test  of  their  faith  and  endurance  while  the 
horrors  of  war  and  of  deportation  mad* 
havoc  of  the  Armenian  people  in  general. 
Up  to  this  last-named  date  we  were  under 
the  name  of  the  Turkish  mission,  but  out 
of  the  respect  to  the  disrespect  we  had  for 
tyranny,  the  name  wa9  changed  to  the 
present  one. 

The  story  of  how  the  surviving  mem- 
bers of  the  old  Turkish  mission  were 
rescued  from  their  frightful  conditions  in 
Aintab,  in  December,  1921,  is  ever  fresh 
in  the  minds  of  the  Saints  here  today,  for 
they  still  celebrate  yearly,  the  days  of  their 
marvelous  deliverance.  The  Church 
records,  the  prize  stories,  and  the  printed 
articles  of  that  event  are  ever-ready  wit- 
nesses of  the  manifestation  of  God's  power 
and  goodness  to  us  on  that  occasion. 

June  1,  1922,  was  a  memorable  day  fot 
the  Armenian  mission.  Elder  Owen  W. 
Woodruff  was  our  guest  at  Aleppo,  and  a 
baptismal  service  was  held  at  the  Jenge 
Gardens,  when  seventy-three  souls  were 
immersed  in  water.  On  July  4  some 
twenty-five  more  were  baptized,  and  since 
then,  on  various  occasions  nearly  one  hun- 
dred additional  members  have  accepted  the 
Gospel  ordinances.  Our  last  official  ad- 
ditions of  record,  the  blessing  of  two 
children  at  Aleppo,  last  Fast  day,  made 
the  grand  total  of  238,  but  with  deaths, 
excommunications,  etc.,  we  number  today 
about  190. 

Your  humble  servant  has  had  the  pleas- 
ure and  honor  of  seventeen  years  total  in 
the  mission  field.  The  task  at  times  has 
been  a  difficult  one — almost  like  trying 
to  tear  away  old  Timpanogos  with  a 
tooth  brush  while  a  man  with  a  team  and 
scraper    endeavors    to    pile    it    up    again. 


MESSAGES     FROM     THE     MISSIONS 


105 


Elder  Earl  B.  Sncll  came  to  the  rescue 
during  1923,  and  valiantly  assisted  in  the 
work  from  April  until  December.  Then 
in  January,  1924,  President  David  O.  Mc- 
Kay and  wife,  of  the  European  mission, 
came  and  presented  this  lonely  missionary 
with  a  help-meet  in  the  person  of  his 
equally  lonely  wife,  Sister  Mary  R.  Booth, 
and  she  is  with  us  unto  this  day. 

In  the  last  seven  years  we  have  had 
only  four  adult  deaths,  but  the  infant 
mortality  has  been  higher.  Our  birth 
rate  during  the  past  eighteen   months  has 


Ghazarian,  the  very  touching  drama. 
"Moroni,"  or  "Where  is  the  Truth?"  de 
picting  the  angel  delivering  the  plates  to 
the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith,  was  presented 
three  nights  to  large  audiences. 

The  Relief  Society,  the  Sunday  School 
and  the  M.  I.  A.,  have  all  made  great 
strides  forward,  but  with  it  all  some  indi- 
vidual members  have  made  lamentable 
backslips.  We  challenge  the  world  to  pro- 
duce a  more  patient  and  excellent  set  of 
peace-makers  than  our  members  here.  They 
excel   simply   because   they   have   such   un- 


RAILWAY  STATION  IN  HAIFA.  PALESTINE,   AT  THE   BACE  OF  MT.  CARMEL.  WHERE  PRESIDENT 
BOOTH  MET  ELDER  DAVID  O.  MCKAY.   OF  THE   COUNCIL   OF  THE   TWELVE 


been  phenomenal — 70  to  the  year  for 
1000;  and  without  controversy  we  claim 
the  prize  for  pulchritude  among  these  little 
children.  They  get  more  kisses  and  more 
cuffs  to  the  square  hour  than  "kiddies" 
really  need. 

Our  little  colony  has  made  some  won- 
derful "hits"  in  drama  work.  The  or- 
iginal play.  "Nephi,"  drew  a  crowd  of 
1000  people  the  first  night,  and  was  re- 
peated twice  thereafter.  Later,  with  the 
able    assistance    of    Professor    Antreas    der 


limited    opportunities    for    practice    among 
this  quarrelsome  people. 

Parents  here  want  to  marry  their  girls 
off  while  they  are  yet  children — from  12 
to  15  years  old;  but  they  count  it  a 
great  shame  for  a  man  to  kiss  his  own 
wife  at  or  after  marriage.  Is  that  a  par- 
adox? Recently  a  ten-year-old  Jewess 
was  sold  here  for  thirty  pounds  to  a 
Mohammedan,  who  married  her  before  the 
government  officials  could  reach  the  place 
to  stop  it. 


1052 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


Our  mission  headquarters  are  now  in 
Haifa,  Palestine.  We  hope  to  have  a 
branch  organized  in  Damascus  soon,  and 
one  in  Beirut  also. 

The  Book  of  Mormon,  in  limited  num- 
bers, is  with  us  in  English,  Turkish, 
French  and  German,  and  the  same  volume 
in  manuscript  form  is  translated  and 
awaiting  publication  in  Armenian,  Os- 
manli,  Greek  and  Hebrew.  There  is  an 
urgent  need  for  some  of  these  right  now, 
as  well  as  in  Arabic,  into  which  the 
Book  of  Mormon  has  not  yet  been  trans- 
lated. 

Now  just  a  word  in  closing.  Besides 
Sister  Booth  and  Elder  Snell,  the  writer, 
since  he  left  London,  October  2,  1921, 
has  seen  on  an  average  only  one  face  from 


Zion  in  202  days,  so  you  may  be  sure  of 
a  warm  welcome  if  you  come  to  do  mis- 
sionary work.  Our  few  visitors  at  head- 
quarters have  been,  besides  those  already 
named:  Wm.  E.  Allen.  Senator  Wm.  H. 
King,  Sterling  B.  Taylor,  R.  F.  Beames, 
James  M.  Armstrong,  Dr.  F.  S.  Harris 
and  President  James  E.  Talmage. 

Last  October  the  latter  sent  a  cable- 
gram from  Haifa  to  Salt  Lake  City,  which 
read:  "Six  missionaries  for  Palestine," 
and  we  have  just  received  this  consoling 
reply,  "You  may  think  we  have  forgotten 
you,  but  we  have  not."  And  so  with 
such  assurance,  I  paraphrase  the  exclama- 
tion of  a  loyal  soldier:  "In  heaven's 
name  who  would  not  proselyte  for  such 
cause,  where  the  harvest  is  so  great  and 
the  laborers  are  so  few?" 


The  South  American  Mission 

By  President  Reinhold  Stoof 


It  has  seldom  been  easy  to  introduce 
the  Gospel  into  a  new  country.  Most 
of  the  usual  and  many  unusual  difficulties 
confronted  Melvin  J.  Ballard,  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Twelve.  Rulon  S.  Wells  and 
Rey  L.  Pratt,  of  the  First  Council  of 
Seventy,  upon  their 
arrival  as  mission- 
aries in  Buenos  Aires, 
December  6,  1925. 
Two  German  breth- 
ren, Wilhelm  Fried- 
richs  and  Emil 
Hoppe.  together 
with  their  good 
wives,  had  worked 
diligently  to  spread 
the  truth  in  their 
adopted  country  and 
had  succeeded  in 
gaining  a  few 
friends.  Their  ap- 
peal, sent  from  the 
shores  of  the  La 
Plata  river,  "Come  over  and  help  us," 
was  heard  by  the  authorities  in  Utah,  and 
the  three  named  brethren  were  sent 
officially    to    open    the    South    American 


mission.  A  few  days  after  their  arrival 
they  had  the  privilege  of  baptizing  six 
friends,  who  were  converted  to  the  re- 
stored Gospel  by  the  labors  of  the  German 
brethren  and  sisters.  All  these  converts 
were  of  German  descent. 

On  Christmas  day, 
1925,  after  a  solemn 
service  in  the  Park  3 
de  Febrero,  Elder 
Melvin  J.  Ballard 
dedicated  the  great 
South  American  con- 
tinent for  the  preach- 
ing of  the  Gospel  of 
Jesus  Christ. 

A  serious  sickness 
caused  Elder  Rulon 
S.  Wells  to  leave  for 
Utah  on  the  14th  of 
January,  1926,  but 
Brothers  Ballard  and 
Pratt  worked  many 
months  in  hard  labor  and  in  the  midst  of 
great  discouragements,  and  saw  at  the  end 
of  their  missionary  activities,  on  the  23rd 
of  July,    1926, — the  day  of  their  depart- 


MlSSIONARIES    OF    SOUTH    AMERICA 


MESSAGES     FROM     THE     MISSIONS 


1053 


ure  for  Zion — a  well  established  work: 
therefore,  the  new  missionaries  from  head- 
quarters, who  arrived  in  June,  1926, 
found   a   good   beginning   for  their   labors. 

Hard  labor  in  a  new  soil!  Many,  very 
many  weeds  in  it!  But,  fortunately,  weeds 
serve  a  good  purpose.  They  keep  the 
gardener's  back  lithe  and  will  not  allow 
him  the  luxury  of  resting  too  much.  There 
are  plenty  of  weeds  to  remove  in  this  field 
before  our  gardeners  can  reach  good  soil. 
One  finds  but  little  prejudice  against  our 
Church;  but  ignorance  of  the  Bible  and 
indifference  in  religious  matters  are  the 
main  obstacles  which  must  be  overcome. 
Neither  must  one  forget  that  32%  of  the 
population  are  illiterates  in  Argentina  and 
that  a  Bibie  is  very  seldom  found  in  a 
house. 

But  the  missionaries  were  soon  to  dis- 
cover that  among  the  Latin  people  as 
many  good  and  honest  souls  are  to  be 
found  as  among  the  peoples  of  Europe.  We 
can  be  and  are  proud  of  our  members 
here,  both  Latin  and  European;  they  ful- 
fil  their  obligations'  faithfully. 

Because  of  the  obstacles  already  men- 
tioned we  cannot  expect  to  make  rapid 
progress  in  the  South  American  mission: 
but  we  do  believe  that  here.  too.  every 
faithful  missionary  will  reap  the  fruits  of 
his  diligent  labors  and  will  richly  enjoy 
the  blessings  of  our  Heavenly  Father  in 
his   work. 

There  were  six  members  here  before  the 
mission  in  South  America  was  opened. 
Since  that  time,  including  the  six  converts 
who  were  found  through  the  efforts  of 
the  two  German  members,  and  who  were 
baptized  immediately  after  the  arrival  of 
Elder  Ballard,  we  have  had  thirty- 
nine  baptisms.  Nearly  half  of  this  num- 
ber were  baptized  during  the  last  five 
months.  Considering  the  hard  soil  in 
which  we  labor,  we  believe  this  to  be 
good  progress. 

The  whole  mission  consists  now  of 
sixty-five  members;  five  of  whom  live  in 
Southern  Brazil,  and  one  in  the  Chaco,  an 
Argentine  province.  Thirteen  blest  chil- 
dren are  included  in  the  membership. 
Thirty-one   are   of    German,     twenty     of 


Argentine,  seven  of  Italian,  five  of  Span- 
ish, one  of  Irish,  and  one  of  Yugoslavian 
nationality. 

We  have  a  small  group  of  fine-spirited 
missionaries.  Not  only  their  work,  but 
also  their  personality  has  paved  and  will 
pave  the  way  for  many  an  honest  soul  to 
come  into  the  Church.  We  extend  a  hearty 
welcome  to  all  missionaries  who  will  join 
us  in  our  labors.  We  need  them.  There 
is  so  much  work  before  us  that  it  often- 
times frightens:  us.  First  we  want  to  build 
up  here  in  the  Argentine  capital  a  strong 
and  flourishing  organization.  In  the 
near  future  we  want  to  establish  a  mission 
among  the  big  German  colonies  in  South- 
ern Brazil.  And,  then,  we  have  another 
very  important  duty  to  fulfil. 

I  am  not  sending  my  picture,  as  re- 
quested. Instead  I  am  sending  a  picture 
of  our  faithful  missionaries,  in  whose 
hearts  the  Lord  has  planted  a  burning  de- 
sire to  work  for  the  salvation  of  their 
fellow-men.  They  followed  willingly  the 
call  into  the  new  and  unknown  land,  the 
newest  field  of  labor  in  the  Lord's  great 
vineyard.  In  the  power  and  authority 
of  Him  who  called  them  into  His  service 
they  are  striving  to  build  a  solid  founda- 
tion for  a  flourishing  mission. 

All  hail  to  them  who  help  our  mis- 
sionaries to  perform  their  important  duties. 
Our  hearts  are  filled  with  gratitude  for 
them.  We  all  feel  with  our  fellow-mis- 
sionary, Elder  Heber  Milton  Clegg.  who 
expressed  his  gratitude  in  the  following 
poem: 

WE 

The  work  done  in  the  mission  field  will 

bring  a  large  reward, 
Assistance  rendered  one  poor  soul  is  noticed 

by  our  Lord; 
A     missionary's     recompense     is    joy     on 

heaven's  side, 
And    then   because   he   did   his   share   that 

joy  is  justified. 

And  what  about  the    mother,     with    her 

mission,   far  away. 
Who  reared  that  boy  for  God's  great  call, 

inspiring  him  each  day; 


1054 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


MERLIN    STOOF.    YOUNGEST    SOUTH    AMERICAN    MISSIONARY 


Who  now  prepares  her  younger  sons  that 

they,  too,  might  fulfil 
The  chance  that's  sure  to  come  to  preach, 

from  house-top  and  from  hill? 

And    what    about   the   father,    who   much 

more  than  does  his  share, 
Who  works  and  makes  a  sacrifice  to  keep 

his  son   out   there; 
Who    tries    to    spare    him    anything    that 

might  discomfort  give, 
And   helps   him   with   advice   and    love    a 

better  life  to  live? 

His   brothers   and   his   sisters   go    without 

what  they  have  had. 
It  means  more  patches,   fewer  shows;   yet 

they  are  all  so  glad 
To   do   their  bes>t  to   help   the   work   out 

where  their  brother  is 
That   ne'er  a  hint   of   cares   at   home   are 

spoken  of  as  "his." 


We  can't  all  tract  and  talk  and  preach — 
there're  other  things  to  do, 

The  mission  is  abroad  and  home,  each  does 
his   part,    is   true. 

O  mother,  father,  sister,  brother,  sweet- 
heart, and  friends  too, 

The  recompense  is  not  for  one — you  must 
say  "we,"  not  "you." 

Brother  Ballard  implored  in  his  prayer 
of  dedication  the  blessings  of  the  Almighty 
God  upon  the  descendants  of  Lehi,  the 
Indians  of  this  continent.  Millions  of 
them  live  here,  downtrodden,  in  a  state 
of  semi-slavery.  The  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ  will  redeem  them  from  much  of 
their  misery.  We  are  anxiously  looking 
forward  for  that  day  when  this  great  work 
will  begin.  This  labor  will  truly  be,  in 
every  respect,  a  Savior's  work.  Youth  of 
Zion,  here  is  something  that  should  ap- 
peal to  you!  Come  with  all  your  talents 
and  power,  where  the  hardest  problems  are 
to  be  solved,  right  here  in  SOUTH 
AMERICA! 


"When  you  read  the  revelations,  or  when  you  hear  the  will  of  the  Lord  concerning 
you,  for  your  own  sakes  never  receive  that  with  a  doubtful  heart."- — Brigham  Young. 


DITO 


A  Forgotten  Voice 


Barely  four  score  years  have  passed  since 
Samuel  F.  B.  Morse  sent  over  the  telegraph 
line  between  Washington  and  Baltimore 
the  now  historic  message,  "What  hath  God 
wrought."  To  be  exact,  this  was  on  May 
24.  1844,  thirty-four  days  before  the 
martyrdom  of  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith. 
Prior  thereto,  messages,  no  matter  what 
their  urgency,  were  sent  by  mail  or  by  spe- 
cial messengers. 

Steamships  and  steam  locomotives  were 
invented,  or  at  least  came  into  practical 
commercial  use.  some  years  before  the  tele- 
graph. Robert  Fulton  built  his  first  steam- 
boat model  in  1802.  and  his  first  large 
boat  was  given  a  trial  on  the  Seine,  in 
France,  two  years  later,  but  proved  too 
slow  and  unwieldy.  On  August  7,  1807, 
less  than  two  years  after  the  Prophet's 
birth,  Fulton's  Clermont  ran  successfully 
on  the  Hudson.  George  Stephenson  drove 
his  first  locomotive  in  1814  at  the  Killing- 
worth  colliery,  in  England.  Naturally  it 
was  imperfect.  In  the  contest  between  lo- 
comotives on  the  Liverpool-Manchester 
line  in  1829,  his  engine,  "Rocket,"  was 
an  easy  victor,  attaining  the.  at  that  time, 
phenomenal  speed  of  thirty-two  miles  an 
hour. 

Intervening  years  have  brought  marvel- 
ous changes.  Now  scientists  are  proclaim- 
ing that  an  exact  reproduction  of  the 
sender's  penmanship  —  delivering  a 
facsimile  of  the  original  telegram — is  al- 
most an  accomplished  fact;  and  all  are 
familiar  with  the  improvements  in  steam- 
ships and  in  railway  trains  since  they  en- 
tered the  fields  of  transportation. 

Within  the  memory  of  men  still  in 
their  prime,  telephones,  automobiles  and 
airplanes  have  come  into  existence.  These 
men  will  remember  when  such  things  were 
considered  chimerical  dreams,  viewed  as 
less  likely  of  fulfillment  than  the  oft-re- 
peated suggestion  that  we  shall  shortly  be 


able  to  communicate  with  the  inhabitants 
of  Mars.  Now  a  telephone  is  found  in  al- 
most every  home  and  one  can  speak  across 
the  continent,  even  across  the  ocean,  and  it 
is  possible  at  the  same  time  to  see  the  per 
son  to  whom  one  is  talking.  Telephones 
not  only  transmit  messages,  but  they  are 
now  used  to  send  pictures.  Automobiles 
are  so  common  as  seriously  to  menace  the 
lives  of  pedestrians.  The  airplane,  whirring 
noisily  overhead,  no  longer  attracts  a 
curious  upward  glance.  Between  dawn 
and  dusk  one  of  our  own  Utah  boys  has 
flown  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco, 
and  now  men  and  even  women  fly  in 
heavier-than-air  machines  from  America  to 
Europe. 

Children,  still  young,  have  watched  the 
development  of  the  motion  picture  and  the 
radio.  We  not  only  see  the  actors  on  the 
silver  screen,  but  we  also  hear  them  speak. 
A  man  in  Salt  Lake  delivered  a  sermon 
over  the  radio  which  his  son  in  Los  Angeles 
distinctly  heard.  Within  the  last  few  days, 
newspapers  have  estimated  that  forty  mil- 
lion people  listened  to  the  acceptance 
speeches  of  the  two  presidential  nominees. 
They  were  heard  as  far  away  as  New  Zea- 
land, and  those  in  that  remote  land  who 
tuned  in  heard  the  speakers'  words  a  frac- 
tion of  a  second  before  the  people  on  the 
extreme  edge  of  the  crowd  who  were  ac- 
tually in  their  presence. 

That  we  may  soon  tune  in  for  motion 
pictures  in  our  own  homes  as  we  now  do 
for  the  concerts  and  lectures  which  come 
over  the  air  is  now  almost  an  accomplished 
fact.  Recent  experiments  by  the  Westing- 
house  Electric  Company  indicate  that  this 
has  passed  the  imaginary  and  almost  the 
experimental  stage  and  is  now  being  done. 
It  prompts  the  prediction  that  a  far-away 
tourist  will  soon  be  able  to  project  a 
motion  picture  of  himself  into  his  own 
home. 


1056 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


No  vision  of  man's  power  to  achieve  is 
too  fanciful  to  seem  beyond  belief.  Ap- 
parently there  are  no  limits  to  his  possi- 
bilities. 

Many  people  feel  that  an  unreasonable 
demand  is  being  put  upon  their  credulity 
when  they  are  asked  to  believe  that  the 
Almighty  has  spoken  to  man,  that  prayers 
are  answered,  or  that  the  sick  are  healed. 
They  cannot  believe  that  through  a  divine 
whisper  or  by  other  means  the  Lord  can 
give  to  a  humble  supplicant  a  positive 
knowledge  of  certain  unseen  things. 

Joseph  Smith  claimed  that  in  the  spring 
of  1820,  he  saw  and  spoke  with  the  Father 
and  the  Son,  but  because  this  declaration 
contradicted  their  own  experiences  most 
people  felt  it  could  not  be  true.  That  man 
can  project  his  voice  or  his  vision  around 
the  world  they  do  not  doubt,  though  they 
themselves,  perhaps,  have  never  done  it. 

Toward  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth 
century,  the  French  government  imprisoned 
as  a  madman  Salomon  de  Caus,  the  first 
man,  as  far  as  we  now  know,  to  suggest 
the  use  of  steam  to  propel  a  vessel.  To- 
ward the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
a  mob  in  the  United  States  killed  Joseph 
Smith,  the  first  man  in  this  dispensation 
to  say  that  the  Almighty  is  willing  and 
able  to  communicate  with  his  children. 
There  is  a  close  relationship  between  the 
impelling  spirit  in  the  commission  of  both 
these  crimes. 

According  to  the  ideas  of  an  appallingly 
large  number  of  present-day  people,  there 
is  but  one  Being  in  the  universe  who  is 


limited;  that  Being  is  God,  called,  by  these 
same  people,  the  Almighty.  Man,  the 
Creator's  mortal  handiwork,  can  speak  or 
fly  or  see  across  a  continent  or  an  ocean; 
he  can  perform  miracles  undreamed  of  a 
generation  ago;  he  can  overcome  nearly  all 
the  formerly  accepted  laws  of  nature;  but, 
according  to  men's  notions,  his  immortal 
Creator  sits,  majestic  and  glorious  but  im- 
potent, surrounded  by  barriers  beyond 
which  he  cannot  pass. 

The  venerable  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  declared 
in  a  recent  address  that  "science,  with  all 
its  great  work,  has  not  eliminated  the  ac- 
cumulated witness  of  the  ages." 

The  Latter-day  Saints  rejoice  in  the 
comforting  assurance  that  the  God  of 
heaven  and  earth  is  still  mightier  than  frail 
mortals.  They  refuse  to  ignore  or  mini- 
mize his  divine  power.  If  man's  voice  can 
be  heard  around  the  world,  the  Lord  can 
speak  from  heaven;  if  Lindbergh  can  fly 
across  the  Atlantic  and  appear  in  Paris, 
our  Heavenly  Father  can  manifest  himself 
to  his  servants;  if  a  man  in  London  can 
see  the  person  with  whom  he  is  talking  in 
New  York,  the  Creator  can  see  and  under- 
stand the  hearts  of  his  children.  God  is 
still  what  the  word  ALMIGHTY  denotes, 
all-powerful,  omnipotent,  and  it  would  be 
a  most  wholesome  thing  for  the  world  if  it 
would  cultivate  the  same  grateful  spirit  of 
acknowledgment  as  that  embodied  in  the 
first  telegraphic  message,  "What  hath  God 
wrought."  In  this  age  of  unbelief  it  is  as 
the  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilder- 
ness.— C. 


Benjamin  Disraeli  wound  up  his  maiden  speech,  which  was  a  dismal  failure,  in 
the  House  of  Commons  as  follows:  "Now,  Mr.  Speaker,  we  see  the  philosophical  pre- 
judices of  Man.  (Laughter  and  cheers.)  I  respect  cheers,  even  when  they  come  from 
the  mouth  of  a  political  opponent.  (Renewed  laughter.)  I  think,  sir,  (Hear!  Hear! 
and  repeated  cries  of  Question!)  I  am  not  at  all  surprised,  sir,  at  the  reception  1 
have  met  with.  (Continued  laughter.)  I  have  begun  several  things  many  times 
(laughter),  and  I  have  always  succeeded  at  last.  (Question!)  Aye,  sir,  and  though 
I  sit  down  now,  the  time  will  come  when  you  will  hear  me." 


PRIES 


All  matters  pertaining  to  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  in  this  department  are  prepared  under  the 
direction  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric. 

Letters  to  Ward  Bishoprics 


The  following  letters,  sent  to  bishoprics 
of  wards  throughout  the  Church  by  the 
Presiding  Bishopric,  under  date  of  Septem- 
ber 1  and  September  13,  respectively,  are 
self-explanatory: 

Dear  Brethren: 

It  has  been  expected  that  the  weekly 
meetings  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood,  at 
least,  would  be  held  regularly  during  the 
entire  year.  However,  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  in  some  of  the  wards  and  stakes  such 
meetings  have  not  been  held  regularly  dur- 
ing the  past  summer,  we  desire  to  call  your 
attention  to  the  importance  of  the  work 
to  be  done  during  the  remainder  of  this 
year. 

As  you  are  aware,  the  meetings  of  the 
Priesthood  and  the  M.  I.  A.  are  now  co- 
ordinated so  as  to  be  held  on  the  same 
evening.  The  plans  already  outlined  for 
the  Aaronic  Priesthood  for  this  year  are 
given  in  the  booklet  issued  by  the  Presiding 
Bishopric  at  the  beginning  of  the  year,  en- 
titled "Instructions  Relative  to  Weekly 
Ward  Meetings  of  Acting  Ward  Teachers 
and  all  members  of  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood," andjor  the  Melchizcdek  Priesthood 
in  the  booklet  issued  by  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve,  March  20,  1928,  entitled  "Sug- 
gestions for  Quorums  of  Priesthood  and 
M.  I.  A." 

If  there  has  been  any  slackening  of  the 
work  and  activity  of  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood during  the  summer,  it  is  very  greatly 
desired  that  this  work  should  now  be  taken 
up  with  renewed  energy  and  system  in 
order  to  carry  forward  vigorously  during 
the  fall  and  winter  season.  In  order  that 
there  may  be  clear  understanding  on  the 
part  of  everyone  associated  with  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  as  to  the  plan  of  pro- 
cedure for  the  meetings,  instructions  and 
activities  thereof,  we  are  reiterating  here 
the    instructions    previously    given.      Will 


you  therefore  kindly  follow  these  instruc- 
tions and  also  transmit  this  information  to 
the  supervisors  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
in  your  ward.  If  you  do  not  have  suf- 
ficient copies  of  the  "Instructions"  men- 
tioned, if  you  will  kindly  advise  us,  we 
shall  be  glad  to  furnish  you  with  additional 
copies  for  the  use  of  the  Bishopric  and  the 
supervisors  of  your  ward.  We  would  sug- 
gest that  you  hold  a  meeting  at  once  with 
your  supervisors,  for  the  thorough  con- 
sideration of  Aaronic  Priesthood  work. 

It  is  expected  that  the  weekly  meetings 
of  the  Priesthood  and  M.  I.  A.  will  be 
held  on  Tuesday  evenings.  They  will 
consist  of  an  officers'  meeting  to  be  held  at 

7  p.  m.,  as  given  in  the  instructions,  and 
the  regular  meeting  of  all  the  members 
of  the  Priesthood  and  Y.  L.  M.  I.  A.  at 
7:30  p.  m.  After  the  opening  exercises  of 
the  regular  Priesthood-M.  I.  A.  meeting 
(7:30  to  7:45  p.  m.) ,  the  Priesthood  will 
separate  for  class  or  quorum  work.  At 
that  time  the  order  of  business  for  the 
Aaronic  Priesthood  quorums  or  classes 
should  be  carried  out  as  indicated  on  page 

8  of  "Instructions."  However,  the  time 
allowed  for  the  quorum  or  class  exercises 
will  permit  of  more  discussion  than  is  in- 
dicated in  those  "Instructions."  It  is  very 
desirable,  therefore,  that  after  the  indi- 
vidual activities  of  the  quorum  members 
have  been  checked  and  the  social  and 
fraternal  interest  of  the  quorum  considered, 
as  there  indicated,  the  time  allowed  for  the 
discussion  of  the  topic  assigned  for  that 
particular  meeting  should  be  most  effec- 
tively used. 

The  topics  to  be  covered  during  each 
month  of  this  year  are  given  in  that  same 
book  of  "Instructions."  If  these  topics 
have  not  been  discussed  systematically  thus 
far  this  year,  we  would  urge  that  two  or 
three  topics  in  order  be  given  each  week 
during  the  remainder  of  the  year,  because 


1058 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


we  feel  that  every  member  of  the  Priest- 
hood should,  if  possible,  be  familiar  with 
these  matters.  If,  however,  topics  have  al- 
ready been  presented  in  their  order  thus  far 
this  year,  then  it  will  be  necessary  to  ex- 
pand the  remainder  of  the  lessons  in  order 
to  occupy  effectively  the  time  allowed.  In 
a  separate  statement,  therefore,  which  is 
hereto  attached,  we  have  indicated  how  a 
topic  might  be  enlarged  upon.  Where, 
therefore,  the  remaining  topics  only  are  to 
be  given  from  now  until  the  end  of  this 
year,  we  would  suggest  either  that  the 
bishopric  assign  this  matter  of  developing 
the  lessons  in  advance  to  a  committee,  or 
else  that  the  matter  be  referred  to  the 
Stake  Presidency  and  Stake  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood Committee,  with  a  request  that  they 
outline  the  lessons  in  more  detail  for  all 
of  the  wards  of  your  stake. 

In  connection  with  the  lesson  work  and 
the  activities  of  the  Priesthood,  it  is  very 
important  that  the  booklet  of  "Instruc- 
tions" before  mentioned  should  be  care- 
fully read  and  followed  by  the  bishopric 
and  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  supervisors. 
The  purpose  of  the  plan  and  procedure 
therein  outlined  is  to  promote  the  training 
and  activities  of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood 
most  effectively  in  order  that  every  mem- 
ber of  the  Aaronic  Priesthood  in  your 
ward  shall  be  thoroughly  active  in  the 
duties  of  his  important  calling. 

Assuring  you  of  our  desire  to  cooperate 


in  every  way  possible  to  secure  the  best  re- 
sults, we  are,  with  cordial  wishes, 
Sincerely  your  brethren. 

The  Presiding  Bishopric, 

By  Sylvester  Q.  Cannon. 
Dear  Brethren: 

In  about  two  weeks  you  will  receive  a 
special  copy  of  the  Improvement  Era.  Al- 
though we  presume  you  are  already  a  sub- 
scriber to  this  magazine,  this  copy  is  sent 
with  the  suggestion  that  you  have  the  sec- 
ond article,  entitled  "Speed  and  the  Spirit," 
read  by  all  the  members  of  your  Lesser 
Priesthood.  We  believe  that  this  story, 
true  in  every  detail,  if  read  by  boys  in  the 
formative  period  of  their  lives,  will  bring 
results  which  will  well  repay  the  trouble  of 
putting  it  before  them. 

We  join  with  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  officers 
in  the  hope  that  our  young  boys  will  be- 
come regular  readers  of  the  Era,  and  we 
take  this  opportunity  of  reminding  you 
that  this  magazine  is  the  organ  of  the 
Priesthood,  as  well  as  of  the  Mutual,  and 
that  through  it  our  official  messages  re- 
garding the  Lesser  Priesthood  are  sent.  It 
also  contains  the  messages  of  the  Mel- 
chizedek  Priesthood,  and  should  be  avail- 
able to  the  members  of  every  Latter-day 
Saint  family. 

Sincerely  your  brethren, 

Sylvester  Q.  Cannon, 
David  A.  Smith, 
John  Wells, 

Presiding  Bishopric. 


Broadcast  good  thoughts  and  good  words  freely.  Give  them  a  chance  to  ride  the 
ether,  they  have  life  in  them. 

'Tis  not  only  how  much  you  say,  but  the  tone  of  utterance  as  well. 
There  are  two  ways  of  looking  at  everything,  the  way  of  the  broadcaster  and  the 
way  of  the  listener-in. 

Be  natural — try  to  be  what  you  admire  rather  than  an  imitation  of  it. 

To  the  laborer  honor  is  always  due,  for  labor  is  always  honorable. 

One  does  not  need  a  battlefield  on  which  to  prove  his  heroism.  There  are 
masters  of  all  conditions  and  they  respond  with  equal  cheerfulness  to  all  demands  of  daily 
living. 

— Dorothy  C.  Retsloff. 


Change  in  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Office 


O 


UR  MUTUALS  and  the 
Era  are  deeply  indebted  to 
Elder  Moroni  Snow,  who, 
from  the  summer  of  1909  to 
1928,  served  as  secretary  and 
treasurer  of  the  general  organiza- 
tion and  as  assistant  business 
manager  of  the  magazine.  Broth- 
er Snow's  health  has  not  been  the 
best  of  late  years,  and  he  recently 
retired  from  active  association 
with  the  general  office,  though  he 
still  remains  a  member  of  the 
General  Board. 

An  outstanding  character- 
istic of  this  faithful  man  is  his 
devotion  to  duty;  he  was  a  veri- 
table "watch-dog  of  the  treas- 
ury,'' and  in  spite  of  failing 
health  carried  uncomplainingly 
the  heavy  burdens  of  his  office 
with  efficiency  and  dispatch.  He 
leaves  the  position  which  he  filled 
so  creditably  with  the  love  and 
confidence  of  all  his  associates. 
Brother  Snow  must  find  great 
satisfaction  in  contemplating  the 
splendid  service  he  has  rendered 
the  M.  I.  A.  during  these  long  years.  Because  of  his  acquaintance 
with  the  work,  he  will  still  be  able  to  give  valuable  assistance  to  the 
Board.  All  Mutual  workers  will  join  with  us  in  invoking  the 
blessings  of  the  Lord  upon  this  worthy  man. 

The  work  formerly  done  by  him  has  been  distributed  among 
other  members  of  the  present  office  force,  under  the  direction  of 
Oscar  A.  Kirkham; — O.  B.  Peterson,  in  addition  to  other  duties, 
is  sustained  as  general  treasurer,  and  Alma  H.  Pettigrew  will  take 
care  of  the  general  correspondence  and  attend  to  the  details  of 
Era  subscriptions. 

All  correspondence  pertaining  to  the  organization  should  be 
directed  to  the  General  Superintendency  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  47  East 
South  Temple  Street,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 

General  Superintendency,  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 


MUTUAL  WORB^, 


EXECUTIVE  DEPARTMENT 
The  New  Handbook 


It  is  an  implement  for  effective  action. 
No  enterprise  can  succeed  well  without  tak- 
ing advantage  of  up-to-date  devices.  Rel- 
atively little  more  than  floundering 
progress  without  clear  aims  and  good 
means  of  reaching  them.  The  Hand  Book 
is  an  indispensable  means  of  M.  I.  A. 
advancement. 

Every  stake  board,  every  ward  pres- 
idency, and  every  committee  should  make 
the  obtaining  and  the  using  of  the  Hand 
Book  an  immediate  problem.  Years  of 
experience  has  proved  that  in  stakes  and 
wards  where  the  Hand  Book  has  been  rec 
ognized  as  a  helpful  guide,  the  M.  I.  A. 
work  has  been  well  to  the  front. 

There  are  three  attitudes  any  one  of 
which  may  be  taken  toward  this  or  any 
other  special  preparation   for  onwardness: 

First:  The  attitude  of  indifference, 
and  where  officers  assume  this  attitude  the 


members  are  deprived  of  what  is  due  them 
and  the  officers  unconsciously  become  a 
hindrance  to  the  organization. 

Second:  The  attitude  of  acceptance.  In 
this  attitude  officers  speak  well  of  and 
advocate  the  use  of  the  Hand  Book  and 
then  leave  it  to  make  its  way  to  success  or 
failure. 

Third:  The  attitude  of  appreciation. 
This  attitude  gives  the  new  device  an  of- 
ficial examination,  and  a  fair  trial  in  the 
fields  for  which  it  was  prepared.  The 
Hand  Book  under  this  attitude  will  be  ap- 
preciated as  a  source  of  reference  at  officers' 
meetings  and  a  guide  for  leaders  in  the 
M.  I.  A.  activities. 

It  is  expected  the  Hand  Book  will  be 
judiciously  supplemented  by  alert  officers 
and  efficient  teachers,  but  it  is  not  expected 
that  it  will  be  substituted  without  the  ap- 
proval of  the  General  Boards. 


Genealogical  Work 


In  answer  to  numerous  questions  con- 
cerning the  course  in  genealogy  which  is 
given  by  the  Genealogical  Society  of  Utah 
as  one  of  the  courses  in  the  Adult  Depart- 
ment of  the  M.  I.  A.,  the  general  officers 
of  M.  I.  A.  and  the  Genealogical  Society 
of  Utah  submit  the  following  information: 

While  the  course  in  genealogy  may  be 
given  in  practically  all  of  the  associations, 
it  is  urged  that  at  least  one  of  the  other 
three  courses  be  given  also.  While  for 
the  course  taken  in  genealogy  the  same 
score  may  be  given  in  the  efficiency  report 
as  for  the  work  in  any  other  course,  it  is 
felt  that  the  Adult  Department   will  not 


be  accomplishing  its  full  purpose  unless 
classes  other  than  genealogy  be  conducted. 
The  teachers  of  the  genealogical  class, 
selected  by  the  Genealogical  Committee 
with  the  approval  of  the  bishopric,  are  to 
meet  with  the  officers  and  teachers  as  a 
part  of  the  M.  I.  A. 

Outlines  of  the  course  in  genealogy  are 
now  ready  for  distribution,  and  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Genealogical  Society  of 
Utah,  47  E.  So.  Temple  Street.  Paper 
copies  cost  50c  each  and  cloth  copies  75c, 
with  a  10%  discount  if  twelve  copies  or 
more  are  ordered. 


Suggestions  for  Conjoint  Program 

Sunday  Evening,  November  4,  19 28 
General   Theme:    "The   Freedom   of  the         1.   Singing:    "Know  this  that  every  soul 


Franchise.' 


free." 


MUTUAL    WORK 


1061 


2.  Invocation:      Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

3.  Duet:  "Hail  to  the  Brightness  of 
Zion's  glad  morning" — Y.  M.  and 
Y.  L.  M.  I.  A. 

4.  Reading  or  Memory  Rendition — 
Young  Lady — of  the  following: 

"The  Law — It  has  honored  us:  let 
us  honor  it." — Daniel  Webster,  famous 
American  lawyer,  statesman  and  orator. 

"Where  the  law  ends,  there  tyranny 
begins." — William  Pitt,  eminent  English 
statesman,  staunch  friend  of  the  American 
colonies,  whose  cause  he  championed  in 
Parliament,  saying,  "If  I  were  an  Amer- 
ican, as  I  am  an  Englishman,  while  a 
foreign  troop  remained  upon  my  land,  I 
would  never  give  up  my  arms, — Never! 
Never!    Never!" 

The  Lord  said  to  Joseph  Smith,  the 
prophet,    "Let  no  man  break  the  laws  of 


the  land;   for  he  that  keepeth  the  laws  of 
God  hath  no  need  to  break  the  laws  of  the 

land." 

For  home  reading:  Section  134,  Doctrine 
and   Covenants. 

5.  Presentation  of  the  Slogan  by  Y.  M. 
M.  I.  A. 

6.  Sentiment:  "More  ballots,  less  bul- 
lets."— Young  man,  5  minutes. 

7.  Sentiment:  "Our  Church  vote  a 
pledge  of  loyalty." — Young  lady,  5 
minutes. 

8.  Address:   "Franchise  and  Freedom" — 

a.  In  the  Church. 

b.  In  the  State. 

— best  speaker  available. 

9.  Singing:  "For  the  strength  of  the 
hills  we  bless  thee." 

10.    Benediction — A    Patriarch    or     High 
Priest   if   present. 


A  Worthy  Example 


The  recently  organized  San  Francisco 
stake  is  showing  commendable  activity 
along  lines  of  Priesthood  and  M.  I.  A. 
work.  In  the  last  few  weeks  the  officers 
of  that  stake  have  sent  in  115  Era  sub- 
scriptions, fully  5%  of  their  population, 
and    thereby    becoming    the    first    in    the 


Church  to  have  reached  that  quota.  The 
correspondence  indicates  that  assisting 
corps  of  workers  were  largely  responsible 
in  obtaining  these  results.  J.  Mark  Clark 
is  superintendent  and  Theo.  G.  Fuegg 
secretary.  They  set  an  example  which  all 
stakes  can  profitably  follow. 


ADULT  DEPARTMENT 


The  Romance  of  An  Old  Play  House 

By  Dr.  Adam  S.  Bennion 


A  strange  sanctity  attaches  to  all  his- 
tory— a  record  of  what  once  was  and  is 
not.  Realitv  stalks  there  and  Romance 
makes  holiday — a  certain  tinge  of  mel- 
lowed sadness  colors  the  borders  of  the 
pages. 

If  these  things  are  true  of  history  gen- 
erally, they  are  even  more  strikingly  char- 
acteristic of  the  Chronicle  of  the  life  his- 
tory of  a  theatre.  This  institution,  favored 


abode  of  the  muses,  is  the  altar  of  human 
emotions.  Love,  laughter,  and  sorrow  all 
crowd  through  its  portals — every  nook 
and  cranny  is  crowded  full  of  memories. 
The  theatre  is  the  actor's  chapel  in  which 
men's  souls  may  be  "carried  up"  to  higher 
levels. 

And  among  theatres,  what  more  historic 
one  could  be  fancied  than  our  own  Theatre 
of   the   Mountains — for   years    a   dramatic 


1062 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


oasis  on  the  long,  dreary  stretches  from  the 
Mississippi  to  the  Pacific. 

Fortunate,  indeed,  are  we  and  our  for- 
bears to  have  had  it — fortunate  are  we 
and  our  children  to  have  its  story  so  won- 
derfully preserved  as  we  are  privileged 
to  have  it  in  this  richly  unique  book,  The 
Romance  of  an  Old  Play  House,  from  the 
illuminating  and  kindly  pen  of  George 
D.  Pyper. 

We,  his  friends,  have  known  of  his  rare 
gift  as  a  lyric  tenor,  of  his  keen  sense  of 
justice  tempered  by  mercy  as  a  police 
judge;  of  his  grace  and  judgment  as  the 
manager  of  a  theatre;  and  of  his  genius 
as  a  leader  and  friend  of  children.  We 
have  loved  and  appreciated  him  for  all 
of  these — we  now  salute  him  as  author. 
He  has  given  to  the  world  one  of  the 
finest  volumes  ever  to  come  out  of  Utah. 
He  has  builded  for  the  Salt  Lake  Theatre 
and  for  himself  a  monument  such  as  his 
friends  would  have  loved  to  build  and 
could   not. 

Notable  books  aren't  just  written — they 
are  soul  generated;  they  are  typed  per- 
sonality. The  Romance  of  an  Old  Play 
House  makes  live  again  the  men  and 
women  who  made  it  famous.  One  reads 
the  book  to  feel  with  Paderewski  as  he 
gave  one  of  his  concerts  in  the  Taber- 
nacle; 

"I  feel  like  the  pioneers  of  this  coun- 
try are  round  about  me  tonight,  that  the 
builders  of  this  mighty  structure  are  here." 

What  a  theme  runs  through  the  book! 
In  a  strange  sort  of  way  the  very  heart 
of  "Mormonism"  is  to  be  found  in  the 
Salt  Lake  Theatre.  Think  of  the  dramatic 
power  of  the  Prophet — his  life — drama 
from  the  beginning  to  end — a  drama  draw- 
ing the  spotlight  of  heaven  yet  having 
its  climax  in  the  darkness  of  Carthage. 

Or  follow  the  trek  of  the  covered  wa- 
gon; then  live  in  fancy  the  dramatic 
struggle  to  build  an  empire  from  a  wilder- 
ness. 

Little  wonder  the  drama  found  a  wel- 
come in  the  great  amphitheatre  of  the 
Rockies. 

What  a  boon  the  old  Play  House  must 
have  been! 

Builded    in     1862,    eight    years    before 


the  completion  of  the  Union  Pacific  rail- 
road into  Salt  Lake — it  became,  in  the 
language  of  Henry  Miller,  "A  Cathedral  in 
a  Desert." 

And  here  is  the  story — with  all  of  its 
backgrounds,  its  local  color,  its  struggles, 
its  triumphs — all  crowded  into  richly  con- 
crete pages — a  story  that  grips — strong 
as  fiction — more  dynamic  because  it  is 
real. 

In  it  the  reader  lives  again  the  life 
of  '47.  Then  came  the  50's  with  their 
early  beginnings  in  social  entertainment. 
The  Bowery-Social  Hall — Camp  Floyd 
Theatre,  Bowring's  Theatre.  Finally  the 
Theatre  itself.  You  fairly  fancy  your- 
self at  the  opening  performance.  Then 
a  glimpse  of  the  men  and  women  who 
have  made  Utah's  histrionic  chronicle.  The 
local  stock  companies,  the  early  traveling 
troupes,  and  finally  the  famous  actors  and 
actresses  who  represent  American  art  at  its 
best.  You  feel  as  if  you  have  been  in  the 
company  of  the  great  when  you  lay  the 
book  down. 

And  what  richness  of  detail  in  the 
background.  Early  stage  practices — quaint 
advertisements — tickets  and  their  strange 
purchases — eccentricities  of  actors,  famous 
and  otherwise — social  gossip — stage-hand 
comedy — business  hazards — transportation 
difficulties — all  these  interwoven  in  the 
fabric  of  a  dramatic  achievement  little 
short  of  the  marvelous.  All  these  make 
the  volume  a  book  which  you  really  are 
loathe   to   put   down. 

And  the  author!  I  met  him  first  under 
the  spell  of  his  singing — a  gift  which  for 
more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  carried 
him  into  the  hearts  of  people.  He  has 
largely  given  over  singing  now — but  the 
song  has  just  overflowed  into  the  soul  of 
the  man.  It  all  comes  back  through  the 
pages  of  his  book.  His  kindliness  is  there 
— his  gentility — his  sense  of  values  with 
a  consequent  proportion — his  clarity,  with 
a  lucidity  of  style  that  makes  reading  a 
pleasure — his  loyalty  to  his  friends — and 
withal  his  great  love  for  his  Church,  and 
the  men  who  constitute  its  leadership. 

Thirty  years  ago,  in  answer  to  a  ques- 
tion put  by  President  Heber  J.  Grant, 
George  D.  Pyper  had  said,  "I  would  rather 


MUTUAL    WORK 


1063 


be  manager  of  the  Salt  Lake  Theatre  than 
anything  else  on  earth."  For  thirty  years 
he  has  fairly  lived  in  that  theatre.  He  has 
responded  to  its  every  mood.  Little  won- 
der that  in  speaking  of  it  he  quotes 
Ruskin: 

"The  glory  of  building  is  not  in  its 
stones,  nor  in  its  gold.  Its  glory  is  in 
its  age  and  in  that  deep  sense  of  voiceful- 
ness,  of  stern  watching,  of  mysterious 
sympathy,  nay,  even  of  approval  or  con- 
demnation which  we  feel  in  the  walls 
that  have  long  been  washed  by  the  passing 
waves  of  Humanity." 

For  thirty  years,  George  D.,  you  have 
been  splashing  those  walls  with  the  man- 


agerial sweep  of  your  kindly  hand.  And 
now  as  you  walk  back  from  the  tide  to- 
ward the  shore  of  memory  we  are  grate- 
ful that  you  give  us  your  story — that  in 
part  we  can  come  to  appreciate  what  you 
so  notably  have  achieved. 

As  a  source  book  it  is  invaluable  in  its 
store  of  dramatic  fact;  as  a  companion- 
able book  it  is  one  of  those  friendly  vol- 
umes which  it  is  a  joy  to  have  about. 

A  host  of  friends  will  welcome  a  volume 
that  leaves  a  twinkle  in  the  eye,  a  lump  in 
the  throat,  a  heightened  beat  of  the  heart, 
and  a  fuller  sense  of  the  really  worth- 
while things  in  life. 


Ten  Outstanding  Magazine  Articles 

Selected  by  a  Council  of  Librarians 
August.    1928 


"The  Irritating  Efficacy  of  English  Crim- 
inal Justice,"  George  W.  Alger  in  At- 
lantic Monthly. 
The  difference  between  the  English  and 
the  American  laws  are  more  impressive  to 
Mr.   Alger   than   the   similarities.      He   dis- 
cusses some  of  the  differences  in  connection 
with    the    criminal    law    and    its    enforce- 
ment. 

"Is  Socialism  Dead?"  Will  Durant  in 
Century. 
A  discussion  in  which  the  disillusioned 
radical  is  displayed  and  the  hint  dropped 
that  Socialism  might  come,  not  through 
men  suffering  from  poverty  but  from  men 
empowered  by  wealth  and  enlightened  by 
education. 

"Strange  Things  Are  Happening."  Fred- 
erick P.  Keppel  in  Century. 
In  which  the  President  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  views  the  significant  trends  in 
education  and  hazards  a  challenging 
"guess"  as  to  the  future — when  the  centre 
of  educational  interest  will  be  the  education 
of  the  adult. 

"Is  Western  Civilization  in  Peril?"  Charles 
A  Beard  in  Harper's  Magazine. 
A     distinguished     historian     recognizes 


frankly  the  dangers  which  confront  our 
present  civilization,  but  comes  to  the  con- 
clusion that,  based  on  machinery,  its  foun- 
dations are  too  firm  for  it  to  perish. 

"The  New  Radicalism,"  Raymond  Gram 
Swing  in  Harper's  Magazine. 
The  author  discusses  the  radical  trend 
which  has  taken  place  since  the  War  in 
European  thought  and  legislation  and  ex- 
plains why  a  program  which  contrasts  with 
the  conservative  policy  of  America  is 
necessary. 

"When  is  Business  Worth  While?"  Henry 

Ford    in    collaboration    with    Samuel 

Crowther    in   Magazine   of   Business. 

An  exceedingly  penetrating  discussion  of 

marketing  and  competition  that  challenges 

some   of    the   deepest-rooted    traditions   of 

business,  by  that  great  industrialist,  Henry 

Ford,  written  in  collaboration  with  Samuel 

Crowther. 

"Has    Aviation     a    Future — A    Debate." 

Captain  Dewar  vs.  Commander  Byrd 

in  Forum. 

Will  airlines  of  the  future  become  rivals 

of  the  railroads  or  is  the  aeroplane  destined 

to  be  only  an  emergency   carrier?      A  fa- 


1064 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


mous  aviator  answers  a  conservative  though 
air-minded  Briton. 

"Poisson  Bleu,"  James  C.  Gilbert  in  Field 
and  Stream. 
This  story  of  the  author's  3500  mile 
journey  to  catch  the  famous  Arctic  gray- 
ling, presents  a  vivid  description  of  the 
heart  of  Alaska,  a  country  of  superlative 
beauty  and  grandeur,  strange  customs  and 
interesting  life. 

"God  Rest  You  Merry  Gentlemen,"  Stru- 
thers  Burt  in  Scribner's. 
The  motion  pictures  are  facing  a  crisis, 


declares  this  author,  who  defends  "boob 
audiences"  and  accuses  producers  of  stupi- 
dity as  well  as  cynicism  and  hypocrisy, 
holding  them  responsible  for  censorship. 

"Feedpipes    for    Skyscrapers,"    Ernest    K. 
Lindley  in  Review  of  Reviews. 

New  York  City  is  tunneling  under 
itself  t  o  build  a  vast  new  subway  sys- 
tem. Built  without  interrupting  street 
traffic,  the  new  system  is  to  relieve  con- 
gestion in  present  subways.  But  new  sky- 
scrapers are  rising  to  congest  it  in  turn. 


The  Citizenship  Projects 


It  is  to  be  hoped  that  every  Adult  group 
in  the  Church  will  plan  to  devote  one 
Tuesday  each  month  to  a  consideration 
of  the  Citizenship  Project,  detail  outlines 
of  which  can  be  found  on  page  224  of  the 
new  Hand  Book. 

We  recommend  that  the  wards  concen- 
trate for  the  immediate  present  on  Project 
A  (Law  Observance),  leaving  Project  B 
(Voting)  until  after  the  Christmas  holi- 
days. 

The  logical  first  step  in  the  Law  Ob- 
servance project  is  a  precise  determination 
of  the  actual  nature  and  extent  of  law- 
breaking  in  your  community.  Specifically, 
this  involves  the  collection  and  tabulation 
of  such  statistics  as  are  available  in  the 
office  of  the  sheriff  (and  chief  of  police), 
the  public  prosecutor  and  the  courts  (city, 
county,  district,  juvenile,  etc.)  Figures 
should  be  secured  wherever  possible  to 
show : 

1.  The  actual  number  and  disposition  of: 

a.  Violations  reported  to  the  police. 

b.  Cases  prosecuted  by  the  police  and 
prosecutor. 

c.  Cases  dealt  with  by  the  courts. 

2.  Kinds  of  offenses  committed. 

3.  Age,  sex,  domicile,  nationality,  etc.,  of 
the  offenders. 

4.  Increase    (or  decrease)    in   delinquency 


and   crime   from   month   to   month   or 

from  year  to  year. 

It  will  readily  be  appreciated  that  ac- 
curate data  such  as  the  above  are  funda- 
mental to  a  consideration  of  such  questions 
as  the  following: 

1.  How  much  crime  and  delinquency  is 
there  in  our  community? 

2.  What  age-groups,  sex,  nationality,  class, 
etc.,  contribute  most  to  law-breaking 
in  this  community? 

3.  What  types  of  delinquency  are  on  the 
increase?  What,  specifically,  is  the  ex- 
tent of  auto-stealing,  bootlegging,  burg- 
lary, etc?  And  how  effective  is  the 
treatment  following  conviction? 

4.  What  proportion  of  offenders  reported 
to  the  police  are  (a)  prosecuted,  (b) 
tried,  (c)  found  guilty,  (d)  serve  a 
sentence,  etc.? 

In  securing  the  statistics  here  referred 
to,  it  will  be  well  for  wards  to  cooperate 
with  one  another  wherever  possible.  At 
the  next  Union  Meeting,  for  example,  ar- 
rangements might  be  made  for  two  repre- 
sentatives from  each  ward  Adult  Depart- 
ment to  serve  on  a  committee  charged  with 
the  task  of  contacting  the  appropriate  of- 
ficials and  securing  the  necessary  data  for 
later  discussion  and  analysis.  In  the  larger 
towns  it  will  be  desirable  for  several  stakes 
to  work  together. 


MUTUAL    WORK 


COMMUNITY    ACTIVITY 
DEPARTMENT 


This  Season's  Work 


The  work  of  the  Community  Activity 
Committee  for  the  present  year  has  in  it 
much  which  should  interest  the  members 
and  stimulate  them  toward  successful  ac- 
complishment. The  outline  for  this  de- 
partment is  delightfully  varied  -and  yet 
specific  enough  to  make  possible  thorough 
study  of  every  phase  of  leisure-time  ac- 
tivities assigned  them. 

During  the  season  there  will  be  a  part 
of  the  Mutual  Work  section  of  the  Era  and 
Journal  devoted  to  this  department.  Sug- 
gestions along  lines  of  drama,  dancing, 
motion  pictures,  home  recreation,  reading 
course,  project,  slogan  and  twelve  recre- 
ational events  will  be  offered,  and  every- 
thing possible  will  be  done  to  assist  mem- 
bers of  this  new  M.  I.  A.  committee  to 
get  a  clear  understanding  of  their  duties 
and  methods  of  carrying  out  their  assign- 
ments. 

The  first  step  to  be  taken  is  in  the 
study  of  the  field  of  leisure-time  activity 


of  community  groups.  The  new  M.  I.  A 
Hand  Book  is  in  reality  a  textbook  pre- 
senting material  to  assist  in  the  study  of 
every  field.  While  every  member  of  the 
Community  Activity  Committee  will  not 
be  expert  in  every  line,  still  all  may  be 
informed  in  a  general  way  regarding  th. 
various  fields  assigned  them. 

Drama  is  discussed  comprehensively  in 
the  Executive  Department,  page  61;  Com- 
munity Activity  Department,  pages  151 
165;  Dramatic  Urge,  pages  403-433 
Within  these  pages  is  ample  material  for 
study  of  this  field  and  should  provide  an 
excellent  basis  upon  which  to  build  th: 
dramatic  program  for  a  ward. 

Dancing,  Motion  Pictures  and  Home  Re 
creation  are  taken  up  comprehensively,  and 
should  be  studied  thoroughly. 

Begin  the  work  of  the  season  by  famil 
iarizing  yourselves  with  your  own  pari 
of  the  new  Hand  Book. 


Principles  of  Parliamentary  Law 

Lesson  for  October  9 


(Suggestive  text:  Parliamentary  Law, 
by  Paul,  The  Century  Co.,  N.  Y.) 

Wherever  a  group  of  people  assemble 
together  to  carry  on  business  there  is  need 
of  rules  and  regulations  to  enable  the  as- 
sembly to  proceed  in  an  orderly  fashion  in 
the  process  of  accomplishing  the  work  to 
be  performed.  Yet  no  rules  can  operate 
successfully  without  an  organization. 

Hoiv  to  organize.  After  the  people 
of  an  assembly  have  gathered  together  at 
the  appointed  hour,  if  there  is  no  one  in 
authority,  one  of  the  members  should  rise 


to  his  feet  and  say,  "The  meeting  will 
come  to  order.  I  move  that  Mr.  B  act 
as  chairman  of  this  meeting."  If  his 
motion  is  seconded,  it  should  be  put  to  a 
vote,  and  if  passed  Mr.  B  should  take  the 
chair.  If  his  motion  is  lost,  he  should  call 
for  other  nominations  for  a  temporary 
chairman.  If  several  nominations  are 
made,  the  vote  is  put  on  the  first  one 
nominated  and  if  that  one  is  not  elected, 
on  the  next  one,  until  a  temporary  chair- 
man is  elected. 

The  newly  elected  temporary  chairman 


1066 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


should  proceed  at  once  to  have  a  tempor- 
ary secretary  elected  to  keep  minutes  of 
the  meeting.  This  is  done  by  calling  for 
nominations  and  voting  on  nominees. 
Upon  being  elected  the  temporary  secre- 
tary should  take  his  place  near  the  tempor- 
ary chairman,  prepared  to  take  minutes 
of  the  meeting. 

The  temporary  organization  is  now 
complete,  and  the  assembly  can  proceed 
to  business.  If  other  temporary  officers 
are  deemed  necessary  they  can  be  elected 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  secretary. 

The  chair  first  announces  or  causes  to 
be  announced  the  purpose  of  the  meeting, 
and  takes  up  whatever  business  is  neces- 
sary at  the  time.  As  soon  as  possible, 
however,  he  should  proceed  to  perfect  a 
permanent  organization.  To  do  this,  a 
constitution  and  some  by-laws  must  first 
be  drawn  up.  This  is  done  by  having  the 
assembly  elect  a  committee  of  three  or 
five  members  to  draw  up  a  constitution 
and  by-laws  and  to  report  at  a  later  meet- 
ing. 

(See  M.  I.  A.  Hand  Book,  page  259, 
for  the  general  form  of  a  constitution.) 

A  constitution  should  contain  the  fol- 
lowing provisions: 

1.  The  name  of  the  organization. 

2.  The  purpose  of  the  organization — 
preamble.  (See  the  constitution  of  the 
United  States  for  a  good  preamble.) 

3.  The  qualifications  for  membership. 

4.  The  names  of  offices  in  the  organ- 
ization and  the  number  holding  each  of- 
fice. (The  M  Men  ward  officers  should 
be  a  president,  vice-president  and  secre- 
tary-treasurer.) 

5.  The  name  of  and  numbers  on  each 
permanent  committee  in  the  organization. 
(M  Men  committees  are  (a)  athletic,  (b) 
social,  (c)  literary-musical,  (d)  member- 
ship,   (e)    slogan-project.) 

6.  Time  of  regular  meetings. 

7.  Provisions    for    amendment. 
By-laws    should    contain    provisions    as 

follows: 

1.   The  duties  of  officers. 


2.  Responsibilities  of  permanent  com- 
mittees. 

3.  Mode  of  nominating  and  electing 
officers. 

4.  Methods  of  admitting  new  members. 

5.  Mode  of  filling  vacancies. 

6.  Time  and  place  of  meetings. 

7.  Provisions  for  amending  the  by- 
laws. 

The  commitee  appointed  to  draw  up  a 
constitution  should  write  out  a  proposed 
constitution  and  by-laws  and  at  the  ap- 
pointed time  be  ready  to  report.  At  that 
time  the  chair  should  call  for  the  report 
of  the  committee.  The  chairman  of  the 
committee  should  arise  and  read  the  report, 
hand  it  to  the  temporary  chairman,  and 
before  taking  his  seat,  should  move  that 
the  report  be  adopted.  When  seconded, 
the  temporary  chairman  of  the  meeting 
should  then  direct  the  secretary  to  read 
the  constitution,  article  by  article,  begin- 
ning with  the  first.  After  the  secretary  has 
read  each  article,  the  chair  should  ask, 
"Are  there  any  amendments?"  If  an 
amendment  is  proposed  it  should  be  acted 
on  at  once.  If  none  is  proposed  the  next 
article  should  be  read,  etc.  After  each 
article  has  been  read  and  amended,  then 
the  preamble  should  be  read  and  treated  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  articles.  After  this 
is  done,  the  chair  asks,  'Are  there  any 
more  amendments  to  any  part  of  the  con- 
stitution?" If  there  are,  they  should  be 
heard  and  acted  on.  If  none,  he  should 
call  for  a  vote  on  the  adoption  of  the 
constitution  as  follows:  "All  in  favor  of 
adopting  the  constitution  as  read  and 
amended  say  'aye.'  All  opposed,  'no.'  " 
"The  'ayes'  have  it  and  the  constitution 
is  adopted." 

The  by-laws  should  be  treated  in  exactly 
the  same  manner  as  the  constitution. 

At  the  completion  of  the  adoption  of 
the  by-laws  and  constitution  the  per- 
manent officers  of  the  organization  should 
be  elected  in  accordance  with  the  rules  in 
the  by-laws,  and  the  standing  (permanent) 
committees  should  be  named.  When  this 
is  done,  the  regular  business  of  the  organ- 
ization can  go  forward. 


MUTUAL  WORK 


1067 


Lessons  for  October   16  and  October  23 


Parliamentary  law,  as  it  is  generally 
understood,  is  a  group  of  laws  governing 
the  procedure  of  democratic  assemblies 
where  the  members  have  the  right  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  business  before  the  house. 

A  chairman  or  president  always  pre- 
sides at  a  meeting.  Before  a  member  speaks 
he  should  rise  to  his  feet  and  address  the 
"chair."  ("chair"  is  the  name  adopted  for 
the  presiding  officer)  as  follows:  "Mr. 
Chairman."  If  it  is  in  order  for  him  to 
speak,  the  chair  should  call  him  by  name 
and  give  him  permission  to  talk.  If  more 
than  one  person  addresses  the  chair  at  the 
same  time,  the  chair  designates  which  shall 
have  the 'floor.  No  one  should  make  a 
motion  or  speak  to  a  motion  without  per- 
mission from  the  chair.  Recognition  from 
the  chair  need  not  be  obtained,  however, 
when  a  motion  is  seconded. 

Business  in  an  assembly  is  brought  be- 
fore the  house  through  motions,  which 
are  nothing  more  nor  less  than  statements 
of  the  proposition  to  be  considered  by  the 
assembly.  If.  for  example,  some  member 
of  an  M  Men  class  would  like  the 
group  to  go  on  a  hike,  he  would  arise  to 
his  feet  and  say  "Mr.  Chairman,"  (or 
"Mr.  President")  "I  move  that  the  M 
Men  of  this'ward  go  on  a  hike  to 
next  Saturday  morning."  If  there  is  some- 
one else  present  who  would  also  like  to 
take  a  hike,  he  would  say  "I  second  the 
motion."  All  main  motions,  such  as  this 
one,  require  a  second.  In  other  words,  at 
least  two  people  in  the  group  must  want 
something  before  the  group  will  be  called 
on  to  discuss  it.  Every  member  has  the 
right  to  make  a  motion. 

After  a  motion  has  been  made  and  sec- 
onded, the  chair  should  say:  "It  has  been 
moved  and  seconded   that   the   M  Men   of 

this  ward  go  on  a  hike  to  next 

Saturday  morning.  Are  you  ready  for  the 
question!"'  When  he  says  that,  the  body 
may  either  talk  on  the  motion  or  call  for 
a  vote  on  it.  By  saying  "Are  you  ready 
for  the  question?"  the  chair  gives  all  pres- 
ent a  right  to  discuss  it.  Anyone,  after 
obtaining  permission   from   the  chair,    may 


talk  for  or  against  it.  No  person  should 
be  allowed  to  talk  twice  on  the  question 
until  everyone  has  had  an  opportunity  to 
talk  once.  When  it  has  been  discussed 
enough  anyone  can  "call  for  the  question," 
which  means  that  he  calls  for  a  vote  on  it. 
The  vote  is  obtained  by  the  chair's  saying 
"All  in  favor  of  the  motion  say  'aye.' 
Those  opposed,    'no.'  " 

Any  main  motion  may  be  amended.  For 
example,  if  some  other  M  Men  wanted  to 
go  on  the  hike  but  wanted  to  go  on  Mon- 
day instead  of  Saturday,  he  would  rise  to 
his  feet  and  obtain  permission  from  the 
chair  and  say:  "I  move  that  the  motion 
be  amended  to  read  that  we  go  on  a  hike 
on  Monday  instead  of  Saturday."  If  sec- 
onded, then  it  becomes  the  matter  of  busi- 
ness and  must  be  disposed  of  before  the 
motion  itself.  An  amendment  may  be 
made  at  any  time  before  the  question  is 
put  to  the  house  for  a  vote. 

This  should  be  remembered:  A  motion 
or  an-  amendment  to  a  motion  may  be 
amended  any  number  of  times,  but  only 
one  amendment  to  the  main  motion  and 
one  amendment  to  the  amendment  can  be 
pending  at  the  same  time.  The  amend- 
ments to  the  amendment  must  be  disposed 
of  first,  then  the  amendments  to  the  mo- 
tion, then  the  motion  itself. 

A  main  or  principal  motion  is  the  basis 
for  the  discussion  at  any  assembly.  The 
main  motion  may  be  voted  on  at  once  or 
the  following  motions  relating  to  it  may 
be  made:  1.  Motion  to  amend  it.  2. 
Motion  to  amend  the  amendment.  3. 
Motion  to  postpone  its  consideration  in- 
definitely. 4.  Motion  to  refer  to  a  com- 
mittee. 5.  Motion  to  postpone  considera- 
tion to  a  definite  time.  6.  Motion  to  lay 
on  the  table. 

All  of  these  motions  are  debatable  ex- 
cept the  motion  to  lay  on  the  table.  These 
motions  are  listed  in  the  order  of  their 
value.  For  example,  the  main  motion 
(No.  1)  is  more  valuable  than  the  motion 
to  refer  to  the  committee  (No.  5),  there- 
fore No.  5  must  be  disposed  of  before 
No      1,    No.    6    before    No.    2.    etc.       It 


1068 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


would  be  well  to  memorize  these  motions 
in  their  order  of  preference.  The  motions 
here  named  are  called  subsidiary  motions. 
There  is  another  group  of  motions 
called  incidental  motions.  These  relate 
only  incidentally  to  the  main  motion.  They 
are  as  follows,  and  are  listed  in  the  order 
of  value,  No.  1  being  the  most  valuable 
of  these  motions  and  therefore  disposed  of 
last. 

1.  A  motion  to  suspend  the  rules.  (For 
any  purpose.) 

2.  A  motion  to  withdraw  a  motion. 
(Made  only  by  the  one  who  made  the 
motion  which  is  to  be  withdrawn.) 

3.  A  motion  to  divide  a  motion. 
(When  the  main  motion  involves  two 
ideas  it  may  be  divided  and  each  discussed 
separately.) 

4.  A  motion  to  read  a  paper  or  docu- 
ment. (Usually  a  resolution  or  a  report 
of  a  committee.) 

5.  An  objection  to  the  consideration  of 
a  question  or  motion. 

6.  An  appeal  by  a  member  from  a 
decision  of  the  chair.  (If  the  chair  makes 
a  ruling  against  a  member,  which  that 
member  considers  unjust,  he  (the  mem- 
ber) may  appeal  to  the  body  against  the 
chair's  decision.) 

7.  Rise  to  a  point  of  order.  (Where 
something  is  done  in  violation  of  the  con- 
stitution, or  a  rule  of  the  assembly,  any 
member  may  demand  a  correction  by  ris- 
ing to  a  point  of  order.  He  does  this  by 
stating,  "Mr.  Chairman,  I  rise  to  a  point 
of  order."     Then  he  states  his  matter. 

The  third  class  of  motions  are  called 
privileged  motions.  They  relate  to  rights 
of  individuals  in  an  assembly.  They  are, 
in  order  of  value: 

1.  A  call  for  the  order  of  the  day. 
(This  is  made  when  the  rules  call  for  a 
certain  procedure  and  the  chair  departs 
from  that  procedure.  Any  member  has  a 
right  to  demand  that  the  procedure  be  fol- 
lowed, unless  the  body  votes  him  down.) 

2.  To  rise  to  a  question  of  privilege. 
(If   a  room    is   too   hot,    for   example,    a 

member  may  rise  to  a  question  of  privilege 
and  have  windows  opened,  etc.) 

3.  Motion  to  take  a  recess. 


4.  Motion  to  adjourn. 

5.  Motion  to  adjourn  to  a  definite  time 
and  place. 

Below  is  a  list  of  all  motions  arranged 
in  their  order  of  preference.  No.  1  is 
least  valuable  and  is  disposed  of  first.  No. 
20  is  the  most  valuable  and  is  disposed  of 
last. 

Privileged  Motions 

**    1.   Motion  to  adjourn  to  a   definite 

time  and  place. 
**    2.   Motion  to  adjourn. 
**    3.   Motion  to  take  a  recess. 

*  4.   Call  for  question  of  privilege. 
**    5.   Call  for  the  orders  of  the  day. 

Incidental  Motions 

**    6.   Rise  to  points  of  order. 

*  7.   An  appeal  to  the  house  from  de- 

cision of  chair. 
***    8.   An  objection. 

**    9.   Motion  to  read  paper. 

**10.   Motion   to   divide   a   motion. 

**11.   Motion  to  withdraw  a  motion. 
***12.   Motion  to  suspend  rules. 

Subsidiary  Motions 

**13.   Motion  to  lay  on  the  table. 
***14.   Call  for  the  previous  question. 
*15.   Motion  to  postpone  to  a  definite 

time. 
*16.   Motion  to  refer  to  a  committee. 
*17.   Motion   to   postpone   indefinitely. 
*18.   Motion  to  amend  the  amendment. 
*19.   Motion  to  amend  the  main  mo- 
tion. 
*20.   The  main  motion. 
The  motions  marked: 

*  Are  debatable. 

**   Are    undebatable.       (They    must   be 
voted  on  as  soon  as  made.) 
***   Are  undebatable  and  require  a  two- 
thirds  vote  to  pass. 

In  order  properly  to  conduct  a  meeting, 
all  M  Men  should  become  acquainted  with 
the  motions  listed  above,  learn  which  are 
debatable  and  which  not  debatable,  and 
memorize  their  order  of  value. 


MUTUAL    WORK 


1069 


Etiquette 

(For  November) 


"Virtue  is  not  in  itself  enough  without 
politeness." — Confucius. 

Gentility  wins  its  way  wherever  it  is 
found. 

The  best  society  is  not  a  fellowship 
of  the  wealthy  nor  does  it  seek  to  ex- 
clude those  who  are  not  of  exalted  birth, 
but  it  is  an  association  of  gentle  folk, 
of  which  good  form  in  speech,  charm  of 
manner,  knowledge  of  the  social  amenities, 
and  proper  consideration  for  the  feelings 
of  others,  are  the  credentials  by  which  the 
whole  world  recognizes  its  chosen  mem- 
bers. To  be  truly  cultured  and  well- 
mannered  one  must  be  found  the  same 
on  all  occasions  and  with  all  people.  The 
person  who  is  cross,  crabbed,  moody  and 
sullen  at  home  with  his  family,  and  puts 
on  his  smiles  and  fine  behavior  just  for 
company  and  friends  is  not  really  cul- 
tured. There  is  a  certain  surface  display 
of  manners  which  may  be  acquired,  and 
others  which  are  real.  Manners  may  be 
imitated,  but  manner  is  personality.  What 
one  is,  is  of  far  greater  importance  than 
what  one  appears  to  be. 

Ease  and  charm  of  manner  are  not 
bought  with  money  but  with  practice. 

Conversation. 

Effective  conversation  includes  the  gift 
of  listening  interestedly  to  what  others  say. 
How  can  one  improve  one's  conversation? 
By  reading  and  becoming  well  informed 
on  the  topics  of  the  day;  by  having  a 
good  knowledge  of  standard  literature; 
by  studying  the  correct  use  of  words  and 
good  grammar;  and  by  associating  with 
people  who  use  good  English. 

Avoid  slang.  Avoid  talking  about  your- 
self, your  accomplishments,  etc.  Cultivate 
a  well  modulated  voice.  The  culture  of 
the  voice  is  one  of  the  most  important  ele- 
ments in  making  conversation  pleasant. 
Avoid  interruption  and  until  you  have  had 
much  experience  and  have  become  well  in- 
formed on  various  subjects,  it  is  well  to 
listen  more  than  to  speak.  Avoid  gossip. 
Unless  you  are  sure  of  your  ground,  avoid 
contradictions  and  arguments. 


Motoring. 

The  first  duty  of  motorists  is  to  learn 
the  rules  of  the  road  and  abide  by  them. 
No  one  enjoys  riding  with  a  driver  who 
is  liable  to  accident  or  arrest  for  speeding, 
crowding,  making  the  wrong  turn,  cross- 
ing from  the  wrong  side,  or  disregarding 
signals. 

In  fact  there  is  just  as  much  need  of 
courtesy  and  etiquette  on  the  road  as  in 
other  places  and  a  true  gentleman  or  lady 
driving  an  automobile  will  have  as  much 
consideration  for  the  rights  and  feelings 
of  other  drivers  on  the  road  as  he  or  she 
would  have  in  any  other  place. 

One  should  cultivate  sympathy,  friend- 
ship, tolerance  and  forbearance  on  the  road 
instead  of  selfishness.  There  is  a  certain 
amount  of  courtesy  and  respect  due  from 
motorists  for  other  people's  property  and 
public  property  such  as  flowering  shrubs, 
wild  flowers.  Campers  and  picnickers 
should  try  to  preserve  the  natural  beauty  of 
our  canyons  and  other  places  by  refraining 
from  picking  flowers  to  excess,  and  by 
cleaning  up  after  picnic  parties. 

In  Public  Places — 

a.  On  street. 

b.  In  theatre. 

c.  In  restaurants. 

Do  not  attract  attention  to  yourself  in 
public.  Shun  conspicuous  manners,  clothes, 
conversation,  and  loud  laughter.  Good 
manners  are  as  important  in  public  places 
as  in  private  drawing  rooms. 

When  a  man  is  walking  with  a  woman 
he  takes  the  side  nearest  the  curb,  between 
her  and  the  street.  If  he  is  walking  with 
two  women  he  takes  the  same  position. 

It  is  the  woman's  privilege  to  bow  first 
when  meeting  a  gentleman  on  the  street. 
A  gentleman  under  all  circumstances  must 
return  her  bow. 

In  entering  the  theatre  the  man  gives 
tickets  to  doorman  and  then  steps  aside  for 
the  woman  to  enter  first.  He  hands  tickets 
to  usher  who  goes  down  the  aisle  first,  the 
woman  next  and  the  man  last.  If  the 
usher  is  busy,  the  man  may  find  his  own 


1070 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


seats  in  which  event  he  precedes  the  wom- 
an and  seats  her. 

When  entertaining  at  dinner  at  public 
hotel  or  restaurant,  the  waiter  leads  the 
way  to  the  table.  The  host  goes  first  in 
order  to  seat  his  guests.  The  women  come 
next  and  the  men  last. 

Problems  for  Discussion 

Conversation. 

1.  How  can  the  art  of  listening  be  ac- 
quired? 

2.  Discuss  use  of  slang  in  conversation. 

3.  What  about  interruptions,  contradic- 
tions, arguments? 

4.  Discuss  the  too-clever  person — the 
man  or  woman  who  knows  it  all. 

5.  How  may  the  voice  be  cultivated? 

6.  Discuss  the  use  of  sarcasm,  puns, 
gossip,   etc.,  in  conversation. 

7.  How  far  may  the  funny  story  be 
used? 


Motoring. 

1.  What  is  the  first  duty  of  motorists? 

2.  What  are  some  of  the  rules  of  motor- 
ing other  than  the  mechanical  operation  of 
the  car? 

3.  How  may  we  promote  the  Slogan  by 
Etiquette  of  the  Road? 

4.  Discuss  "Road  Hogs." 

In  Public  Places. 

1.  Should  a  man  offer  a  woman  his 
arm  on  the  street? 

2.  Is  it  good  taste  to  exchange  kisses 
and  embraces  on  street  or  in  public? 

3.  May  a  man  take  a  lady's  arm? 

4.  Who  enters  the  theatre  first? 

5.  What  about  the  use  of  cosmetics, 
toothpicks  and  chewing  gum  in  public? 

6.  In  passing  people  already  seated  in 
theatre,  which  way  do  you  face? 

Good  books  of  reference.  Standard  Eti- 
quette, Richardson;  Etiquette,  Emily  Post. 


EVENTS 


Non-stop  Cross-country  Air-race  a 
Failure.  Art  Goebel  arrived  at  Mines 
field.  Los  Angeles,  Sept.  13,  1928,  at 
3:20:43  4-5  p.  m.  Pacific  time,  having 
made  the  trip  from  New  York  in  approxi- 
mately 23  hours  and  50  minutes.  As  he 
had  been  forced  to  land  in  Arizona,  at 
Prescott,  he  was  declared  disqualified,  and 
did  not  receive  the  reward  of  $22,500 
promised  the  winner  of  the  race.  Mr. 
Goebel  says  he  encountered  the  worst  storm 
he  had  ever  experienced,  and  that  it  was 
a  wonder  that  he  came  through  at  all. 
The  other  contestants,  all  unsuccessful, 
were:  Oliver  le  Boutellier,  East  Orange. 
N.  J. — Returned  to  field  soon  after  take- 
off. Clifford  McMillin,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
— Landed  at  Chase,  Pa.  Randolph  Page, 
Northville,  Mich. — Landed  at  Allentown, 
Pa.  Colonel  William  Thaw  II,  Pitts- 
burgh— Crashed  at  Decatur,  Ind.  Lieuten- 
ant Commander  Jack  Iseman,  command- 
ant Rockaway  naval  air  station — Landed 
at  Amarillo,  Texas.  Emil  Burgin,  Mine- 
ola,    N.   Y. — Landed  at  Willard,    N.    M. 


Nick  Mamer,  Spokane,  Wash. — Landed  at 
Rawlings,  Wyo.  George  Haldeman, 
Detroit — Landed  at  Albuquerque,  N.  M. 
Colonel  William  Thaw  II,  only  surviving 
member  of  the  original  Lafayette  esca- 
drille  of  world  war  fame,  was  badly  hurt 
at  Decatur,  Ind.,  when  his  plane  crashed 
into  a  fence  during  a  forced  landing. 
Captain  John  Morris  who  was  piloting 
the  plane,  also  was  injured. 

For  the  World  Court.  Former  U.  S. 
Secretary  of  State  Charles  E.  Hughes  was 
elected  a  member  of  the  Permanent  Court 
of  International  Justice,  Sept.  8,  1928,  by 
the  representatives  of  the  League  of  Nations 
at  Geneva,  to  fill  the  vacancy  existing 
through  the  resignation  of  John  Bassett 
Moore,  and  to  represent  the  United  States 
in  that  court.  Following  the  election, 
hopes  were  voiced  informally  by  many 
delegates  that  the  choice  of  Mr.  Hughes 
would  reawaken  interest  in  the  United 
States  regarding  the  question  of  American 
adherence  to  the  world  court. 


PASSING    EVENTS 


1071 


The  Mystery  of  Life.  Professor  F.  G. 
Donnan.  lecturing  before  the  British  So- 
ciety for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  at 
Glasgow,  Scotland,  Sept.  11,  1928,  de- 
clared that  the  long-sought  link  between 
living  and  non-living  matter  "may"  have 
been  discovered  in  the  form  of  certain 
minute  organisms  called  bacteriophage. 
"If"  it  should  prove  that  living  matter 
has  arisen  on  this  planet  from  what  is  re- 
garded as  non-living  matter,  where,  the 
speaker  asked,  can  we  say  that  here  is  life 
and  there  is  no  life?  He  said  further  that 
it  is  almost  certain  that  life  originated  in 
a  primeval  ocean,  so  that  the  image  of 
Aphrodite  arising  from  the  sea  is  not  with- 
out scientific  justification. 

Granite  Stake  Presidency.  Pres.  Frank 
Y.  Taylor  and  his  counselors  of  the  stake 
presidency.  George  S.  Spencer  and  Hugh 
B.  Brown,  were  honorably  released,  Sept. 
9.  1928,  and  given  a  vote  of  appreciation 
of  their  work  in  the  stake.  Elder  Hugh 
B.  Brown  was  sustained  as  president,  with 
Elders  Marvin  O.  Ashton  and  Stayner 
Richards  as  counselors.  President  Rudger 
Clawson  presided  at  the  meetings.  Pres. 
Brown  is  a  native  of  Salt  Lake,  but  resided 
in  Canada  from  1902  until  1927,  when 
he  returned  to  this  city.  While  in  Canada 
he  entered  a  military  training  school  and 
was  graduated  with  a  commission  of  major 
in  the  Canadian  army,  which  position  he 
held  for  three  years  at  the  battle  front 
during  the  World  War. 

Fate  of  Captain  Amundsen.  That 
Captain  Roald  Amundsen,  the  famous 
Norwegian  explorer,  and  his  French  pilot. 
Rene  Guilbaud,  perished  shortly  after  their 
departure  from  Tromsoe,  Norway,  June 
18.  1928,  for  Spitzbergen,  is  considered 
proved  by  the  finding  of  a  float  belong- 
ing to  the  sea  plane,  in  which  the  journey 
was  undertaken.  The  float  was  picked  up 
by  fishermen  near  Vaun  island,  of  the 
Fugle  group  of  islands.  Aug.  31.  and 
brought  to  Tromsoe  the  following  day. 

Crushed  to  death.  Seven  persons  lost 
their  lives  at  the  Pocatello  field,  Sept.  4, 
1928,  when  the  Super-Universal  Fokker. 
six-passenger  plane  crashed  in  making  a 
landing  at  11:50  a.  m.  Two  of  the 
passengers  showed  signs  of  life  when  ex- 
tricated  from   the   wreckage,    but   life  had 


fled  before  the  physicians  arrived.  The 
victims  are:  Paul  V.  Wheatley,  pilot, 
Carleton  hotel,  Salt  Lake;  Jesse  S.  Rich- 
ards. Ogden,  secretary  Ogden  chamber  of 
commerce;  Floyd  A.  Timmerman,  Ogden. 
newspaper  man;  W.  A.  M'Lean,  Spokane, 
representative  Liberty  Magazine;  Mrs. 
Lawrence  C.  Schaper,  Salt  Lake;  Carl 
Schaper,  aged  6;  Ramona  Schaper,  aged 
1  8  months.  The  only  witness  of  the  ac- 
cident, Calvin  Moser,  the  National  Parks 
Airways  representative  at  Pocatello,  is  re- 
ported to  have  said  that  the  right  wing 
of  the  big  monoplane  suddenly  appeared 
to  be  lifted  as  if  by  a  terrific  gust  of  wind. 
The  plane  then  was  across  the  road  and 
over  the  edge  of  the  field  and  about  thirty 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  ship  kept  tip- 
ping, he  said,  until  the  left  wing  hit  the 
ground,  winging  the  plane  over  to  the  left, 
nosed  into  the  ground  and  then  in  that 
position  turned  over  several  times,  the 
body  of  the  plane  eventually  striking  the 
ground.  In  the  final  plunge  and  roll,  the 
plane  went  into  the  ground  nose  foremost, 
implanting  the  motor  in  the  ground.  The 
force  drove  the  heavy  motor  backward 
into  the  passenger  cabin.  None  of  the 
passengers  had  a  chance  to  escape.  The 
bodies  were  found  in  a  huddled  mass 
among  the  wreckage  of  motor  and  fuselage. 

Millions  Starving.  A  report  from 
Shanghai,  China,  Aug.  27,  1928,  says  that 
the  population  along  the  border  of  South 
Chihli  and  northeast  Shangtung.  number- 
ing a  million  and  a  half,  is  facing  death 
from  starvation.  Drought  and  grasshop- 
pers, the  report  says,  have  ruined  the  crops 
in  the  famine  district.  The  grasshoppers 
now  form  part  of  the  diet  of  the  stricken 
people.  One  village,  it  is  said,  was  eating 
fried  grasshoppers  on  a  wholesale  scale,  the 
insects  being  the  only  food  of  many  houses. 
Others  are  trying  to  sustain  life  by  eating 
hard  cakes  made  from  bark,  cotton  chaff 
and  grass.  Disease,  resulting  from  improp- 
er food,  is  rapidly  gaining  sway  in  the 
district. 

Across  the  country  at  a  terrific  speed. 
Art  Goebel  and  Harry  Tucker,  on  Aug. 
20.  1928,  completed  a  non-stop  flight  be- 
tween Los  Angeles  and  New  York,  2,700 
miles,  in  18  hours  58  minutes,  making  an 
average  of  150  miles  an  hour.     In  1924. 


1072 


IMPROVEMENT     ERA 


a  year  after  the  MacReady-Kelley  flight, 
Lieutenant  Russell  Maughan  of  Salt  Lake 
City  made  the  east-west  flight,  with  five 
stops  for  refueling,  but  he  was  two  hours 
and  fifty  minutes  slower  than  Goebel  and 
Tucker.  Goebel,  who  won  the  Dole  race 
to  Hawaii  last  year,  was  at  the  controls 
all  the  way  across  the  continent.  Tucker 
was  financial  backer  of  the  flight  and  rode 
as  passenger. 

Destructive  Tornadoes.  On  Sept.  18, 
1928,  it  was  reported  from  Miami,  Fla., 
that  139  persons  had  lost  their  lives  in  a 
tropical  storm  that  swept  southern  Florida, 
Sept.  1 6,  and  that  the  property  loss 
amounted  to  25  million  dollars.  Disastrous 
storms  were  also  reported  from  portions  of 
Nebraska,  Illinois,  South  Dakota  and  Wis- 
consin, Sept.  13  and  14.  The  south- 
eastern district  of  Rockford,  111.,  bore  the 
brunt  of  the  Illinois  tornado,  which  swept 
north  into  Wisconsin  and  along  Lake 
Superior.  Hundreds  of  buildings  were 
demolished  in  Nebraska.  Among  the  dead 
were  several  school  pupils.  Porto  Rico 
was  also  swept  by  a  hurricane,  which  left 
destruction  in  its  path.  The  American 
Red  Cross  hastened  to  send  relief  to  the 
stricken  population.  It  is  reported  that 
700,000  people  were  rendered  destitute. 

George  B.  Harvey,  former  ambassador 
to  Great  Britain,  died  suddenly  at  his  home 
in  Dublin,  N.  H.,  August  20,  of  a  heart 
attack,  64  years  of  age.  Col.  Harvey  is 
credited  with  having  launched  Woodrow 
Wilson  on  the  political  sea  on  which  he 
was  wafted  to  the  White  House,  although 
afterwards  he  became  a  bitter  enemy  of 
Pres.  Wilson.  He  is  also  said  to  have  had 
a  large  share  in  the  selection  of  Warren 
G.  Harding  for  the  presidency,  and  the 
anti-Wilson  policy.  His  reward  for  his 
political  services  was  appointment  of  am- 
bassador to  London.  Harvey  started  his 
career  on  the  Springfield  Republican.  Later 
he  was  on  the  staff  of  the  Chicago  Daily 
News.  Then  he  turned  to  the  strongly 
Democratic  New  York  World,  of  which 
he  became  managing  editor,  leaving  the 
World  in  1893  to  become  president  of 
several  electric  railways  which  he  built. 
Later  he  bought  the  North  American  Re- 
view, which  he  edited  almost  continuous- 


ly until  he  sold  it  in  October,  1926. 
Harvey  also  was  president  and  editor  of 
Harper's  Weekly. 

Are  they  also  lost!'  Grave  anxiety  is 
felt  for  Bert  Hassell  and  Parker  Cramer, 
aviators  who  left  Rockford,  111.,  Aug.  16, 
1928,  for  a  flight  to  Stockholm,  Sweden, 
via  Greenland.  According  to  a  dispatch 
dated  Chicago,  Aug.  20,  they  had  then 
not  been  heard  from  since  Sunday  morn- 
ing at  4  o'clock,  Chicago  daylight  saving 
time,  and  it  was  thought  that  they,  per- 
haps, had  been  forced  down  somewhere  in 
Greenland.  On  Sept.  2,  the  two  aviators 
were  reported  safe  and  well  in  Camp  Lloyd, 
Mt.  Evans,  Greenland. 

The  Kellogg  Peace  Pact  Signed.  Rep- 
resentatives of  fifteen  nations  on  Aug.  27, 
1928,  affixed  their  signatures  to  the 
Kellogg-Briand  peace  treaty,  in  Paris, 
France,  with  impressive  ceremonies.  The 
signatures  were,  Kellogg  for  America, 
Cushendun  for  Britain,  New  Zealand  and 
India,  Briand  for  France,  Stresemann  for 
Germany,  Hymanns  for  Belgium,  Zaleski 
for  Poland,  Benes  for  Czecho-Slovakia, 
Mackenzie-King  for  Canada,  Cosgrave  for 
the  Irish  Free  State,  Menzoni  for  Italy, 
Uchida  for  Japan,  MacLachlan  for  Aus- 
tralia and  Smuts  for  South  Africa.  The 
representatives  of  Germany  were  the  first 
to  sign;  then  followed  the  other  represen- 
tatives in  alphabetical  order  of  the  names 
of  the  respective  countries,  as  written  in 
French.  To  suppose  that  the  treaty  makes 
war  impossible  would  be  to  over-rate  its 
importance;  for  no  mere  agreement  can  do 
that;  but  it  makes  the  aggressor  among 
nations  a  promise  breaker,  almost  a  per- 
jurer, and  certainly  an  outlaw.  It  makes 
limitations  of  armaments  easier,  and  thus 
strengthens  the  sentiment  of  good  will 
generally,  and  it  establishes  a  new  prin- 
ciple of  international  law — that  aggressive 
war,  which  is  every  war,  is  illegal,  and 
must  be  dealt  with  by  other  nations  as 
such.  It  is,  moreover,  as  the  French  Pres- 
ident Doumergue  expresses  it,  an  act  which 
"responds  to  the  innermost  longings  of  all 
mankind,"  and  for  that  reason  it  rep- 
resents an  irresistible  force  operating  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  plan  of  the  Almighty 
for  the  salvation  of  mankind. 


REG    U.S.  PAT   OFT 


MOTOR  OIL 


This  tried  and  tested  oil  stands  up  under  extreme  engine 
heat — saves  gasoline  and  reduces  friction  to  a  minimum. 

Use  only  Conoco  Motor  Oil  and  you  will  be  sure  of  Extra 
Life  For  Your  Car.  Conoco  specializes  in  keeping  motors 
young! 


LETS  GO  TO 

KEELEY'S 

"The  Home  of  Good  Things  to  Eat' 


|For  Breakfast,  Lunch,  Dinner 


Light  refreshments 
or  Full 
Course    Dinners 

— Home-like  foods 
prepared  by 
women  cooks. 


— MISSIONARIES 

Delicious  Box 

Lunches 

tor   the   train 
— put  up  to  your  order. 

"Gems   of  Good   Cookery' 


KEELET  ICE  CREAM  CO. 

55  SaMain  *  160  SaMain  •  160  Sa  State  -Milters  OmdyDept. 


5  Popular  Stores 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE    IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


JOSEPH  WILLIAM  TAYLOR 

tali's  leading  Mortician   lias  opened   his  new  Fireproof  Mortuary'  to  tlie  public  foi 
inspection  at  125  North   Main,   Salt   Lake   City. 
Phones,   Offiee   and   Residence,,    Wasatch   7600. 


If  our    choice    for    ser- 
rices.    Chapel,    Druw- 


*rivate     Chapel,     and 


S  1  i 


rsery 


diirii) 


uplett' 


nd    fi 


for  children 
ervices,  Sep- 
arate Preparatory 
rooms  for  Women 
and  Men,  Lady  at- 
t  e  n  d  a  n  t  s.  Ample 
parking  space  for 
"atrons*  Cars. 

sentiment    expressed 


lest   in   the    United    States.      Eve 
for  the  care  of  loved  ones. 
Honesty   dominates    all    Sales.      Quality   and    Service    follow, 
your  money  until  you  need  it,  as  well  as  hank  security  and  interest 
on   your   snving-s. 

UTAH'S   LEADING  UNDERTAKER  IN  BUSINESS   SINCE  1870 


"TRADE  WITH  YOUR  FRIENDS" 

Your  Health  is  the  Biggest  Word  in 
Your  Family  Dictionary 

and  to  those  who  know,  it  suggests 

the   far-famed 

ROUND    OAK 

MOISTAIR    HEATING    SYSTEM 

The   One   Heating  System    That   Automatically 

Ventilates  and  Humidifies 

Keeps   your   home  comfortable   and  the  air  nioist 

and  healthful.  And  moisture  is  as  vital  to  health 

as    warmth   is   to   comfort. 


Fifth    Sti 

Materials 
All    hinge 
bolt    whei 
guarantee 

>r   Point    of   Round    O 
•DURABILITY 

used    stand    highest 

ak  Supremacy 

physical  tests, 
cast.      Never   a 

Tight  fittings 
tion  of  service. 

e    a    rivet    will 
d.  Good  for  a  s 

do. 
enera 

Exclusive    fuel-    and    labor-saving    advantages,    too!      Let    us    demonstrate    its    five-star    points    that 
minister    to    your   welfare. 

See   the   JENKINS    FURNACE    now    on    display   in    the    show-rooms — used    con- 
tinuously for  3S  years  and  still  in  g-ood  condition. 

32-PIECE  SET  OF  DISHES 

Excellent  Quality  and   Pleasing  Design 
SPECIAL  $6.95 

You  have  to  see  them  to  appreciate  their  wonderful  value. 

MODERN  FURNITURE  COMPANY 

234  STATE  STREET 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE    IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


Dr.  Crane  says  that  business  must  be  beautiful.  It  is.  when  enough  orders  are  coming  in. — 
Boston   Shoe   and   Leather   Reporter. 

***** 

A  scientist  says  that  one  day  women  will  become  the  ruling  sex.  It  isn't  often 
that  married  men  find  anything  to  laugh  about,  but  this  statement  ought  to  help  them. — Punch. 

***** 

Humdrum  Routine.  He  saw  the  animal  was  going  to  attack  him  and  he  grabbed  its 
tail.  The  bull  began  running  and  "snapt  the  whip."  throwing  Prozak  on  a  large  stone.  He 
crawled   under  the   fence  and  escaped  being   bored. — Platterville    (Wis.)    paper. 

***** 

Mrs.  Smythe:  "Im  soliciting  for  a  charity  organization.  What  do  you  do  with  your 
worn-out  clothing?" 

Mr.  Smith:  "I  hang  them  up  carefully  and  go  to  bed.  Then  in  the  morning  I  put 
them  on  again." — Pointer. 


Did  Ton  Ever  Think 
of  This 

If  you  are  not  specifically  trained  for  some  type  of  useful 
employment  it  will  not  be  long  before  the  world  will  point 
its  finger  at  you  and  call  you  a  failure. 

Ours  is  a  school  of  opportunity.  Here  you  have  a  chance 
to  do  the  best  you  can,  independently  of  what  anybody  else 
may   do. 

EVERY  MONDAY  we  open  the  doors  of  opportunity — 
when  shall  we  have  the  privilege  of  welcoming  you? 

L.  D.  S.  Business  College 

Write  for  Information 
"Utah's  Largest  Commercial  Training  School' 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE    IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


HUMOROUS  HINTS 

Triumph  of  Woman.      "Doris  is  getting  a  man's  wages." 
"Yes,   I   knew   she   was  married." — Boston   Post. 

***** 
Barber:      "Haven't  I  shaved  you  before,   sir?" 
Customer:      "No.      I  got  those  scars  in  France." — Judge. 

***** 
Schoolboy  Stuff.      A  monastery  is  a  place  of  monsters. 
America   was  discovered  by   the  Spinach. 

In  1658  the  Pilgrims  crossed  the  ocean  and  this  was  known  as  the  Pilgrim's  Progress. 
A    deacon   is   the   lowest   kind   of   a   Christian. 

An  ibex  is  where  you  look  at  the  back  part  of  a  book  to  find  out  anything  you  want.- 
The  Living  Church    (Milwaukee.) 


"Finally,  My  Physician 

Recommended 

FLEISCHMANN'S  YEAST" 

"I  am  an  automobile  mechanic,"  writes  J.  R.  Bridges  of  Salt  Lake  City,  "and 
have  been  working  at  this  trade  for  the  past  six  years.  Working  on  automobiles 
makes  it  necessary  to  handle  machine  parts  covered  with  dirty  greases  and  oil,  which 
is  very  hard  to  remove  from  your  hands  and  face. 

"After  getting  a  severe  case  of  boils  I  tried  all  kinds  of  remedies  suggested  by 
my  friends  but  did  not  obtain  any  relief.  I  finally  went  to  my  physician  and  he 
recommended  that  I  eat  one  cake  of  Fleischmann's  Yeast  one-half  hour  before  each 
meal.  After  eating  the  Yeast  regularly  for  three  weeks  I  began  to  notice  that  the 
boils  were  drying  up  and  in  two  months  they  had  entirely  disappeared." 

Fleischmann's  Yeast  is  not  in  any  sense  a  medicine — it  is  a  vegetable,  fresh  as 
new  celery.  Its  curative  properties  gently,  naturally  rouse  the  sluggish  muscles  of  the 
intestines,  and  clear  the  system  of  the  poisons  of  constipation.  Your  complexion,  too, 
now  clear  and  fresh,  will  reflect  your  new-found  vigor  and  health. 

Eat  three  cakes  each  day,  one  before  each  meal  or  between  meals.  Dissolve  it  in 
water,  hot  or  cold;  eat  it  plain  or  any  other  way  you  prefer. 

FLEISCHMANN'S  YEAST 

At  All  Grocers' 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE   IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


TO  GAIN  KNOWLEDGE 
IS  TO  GROW 

To  Read  Good  Books  Will  Help 
You  Gain  Knowledge 


The  M.  I.  A.  Reading  Course  is  selected  to  help  you  gain 
knowledge  and  have  enjoyment  while  you  do  it. 

Send  $6.50  (Special  Cash  Offer)  Now  for  a  Complete  Set. 


Deseret  Book  Company 

P.  O.  Box  1793  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


JOSEPH  WILLIAM  TAYLOR 

UTAH'S  LEADING 

1872  UNDERTAKER  1928 

Best  Equipped  for  Calls  Night  or  Day  in  or  Out  of  the  City 

Price  of  Caskets  at  Your  Suiting — Services  the  Latest  Advancement 

Phones  Wasatch  7600,  Both  Office  and  Residence 

125  NORTH  MAIN  STREET 


Fire  Is  No  Respecter  Of  Persons 

You  may  wait  till  tomorrow  to  insure 
but  the  fire  may  not. 

"See  our  agent  in  your  town*' 

UTAH  HOME  FIRE  INSURANCE  CO. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT  &  CO.,  General  Agentt  Salt  Lake  City,  Ut«h 


WHEN   WRITING   TO   ADVERTISERS  PLEASE   MENTION   THE   IMPROVEMENT   ERA 


Diamonds,  Watches,  Jewelry,  Silverware 

BOYD  PARK 

JEWELERS  f/^  Years 

tOO  MAIN  STREET     SALT  LAKE  OTY 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Fine  watch  and  jewelry  repairing — service  by  mail 

Famous  for  Wedding  Rings 


An  Overall  with  a 
Classy  Appearance 


"^M 


Ofountaineer 

EXPRESS  STRIPE 

OVERALLS 


GUARANTEED  FOR  QUALITY, 
PIT,  AND  SERVICE 

A  clean,  neat  appearing  garment 
for  the  Store  Clerk,  the  Flour 
Mill  Operator,  the 
Dairyman,  the 
Garage  Man,  the 
Teamster. 


None  Too 
Large 
None  Too 
Small 


e  Too  VBsM 


Suppose  We  Should  Guarantee  You  the  Fulfilment  of  these 
Desires — Would  You  Not  Think  it  Marvelous? 

Your  Income  to  continue  even  though  accident  or  Illness  should  suddenly  snatch 
yon  away  or  render  yon  nnflt  for  work.  An  Income  for  your  wife — a  college 
education  for  yonr  children.  The  ownership  of  your  home  in  ten  years  from  now. 
Tie  possibility  of  retirement  and  the  Joy  of  travel  and  leisure  in  your  later  years. 

Impossible?    Absolutely  not.     These   dreams  can  be  realised 
If    yon    act    now — Make    today's    hopes    realities    tomorrow. 

A  Beneficial  Policy  is  the  Key  to  Success 
Blots  out  yonr  worries— Brings  peace  of  mind 


Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Go. 

Rome  Office,  Vermont  Bldg. — Salt   Lake 
HEBER  J.  GRANT,  President  E.  T.  RALPHS,  Manager 


»HBN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS  PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA